WO2023029925A1 - Communication method and related apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and related apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023029925A1
WO2023029925A1 PCT/CN2022/111618 CN2022111618W WO2023029925A1 WO 2023029925 A1 WO2023029925 A1 WO 2023029925A1 CN 2022111618 W CN2022111618 W CN 2022111618W WO 2023029925 A1 WO2023029925 A1 WO 2023029925A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ssb
information
time window
terminal device
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/111618
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张战战
铁晓磊
周涵
黄雯雯
花梦
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023029925A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023029925A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, in particular to a communication method and a related device.
  • the user equipment When the user equipment (user equipment, UE) is in the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) idle or inactive (idle/inactive) state, it will wake up and monitor the paging information at the paging occasion (PO), for example Monitor a physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH).
  • the PDCCH monitored at the PO may also be called a paging PDCCH.
  • not every PO will have UE paging information.
  • base station Send indication information to the UE, indicating whether there is paging information in the PO; if the indication information indicates that there is paging information in the PO, the UE wakes up in the PO to monitor the paging PDCCH; if the indication information indicates that the PO has no paging information, the UE The PO continues to be in sleep state to save power.
  • the base station sends the indication information indicating whether there is a UE paging to the UE, which is usually carried by an existing channel (such as a paging PDCCH) or a new channel/signal, which will increase resource overhead, reduce resource utilization efficiency, and The power consumption of the terminal equipment is increased. Therefore, how to indicate whether there is UE paging in the PO, improve resource utilization efficiency, and save UE power consumption has become a technical problem to be solved urgently.
  • an existing channel such as a paging PDCCH
  • a new channel/signal which will increase resource overhead, reduce resource utilization efficiency, and The power consumption of the terminal equipment is increased. Therefore, how to indicate whether there is UE paging in the PO, improve resource utilization efficiency, and save UE power consumption has become a technical problem to be solved urgently.
  • the present application provides a communication method and a related device.
  • the technical solution of the present application can save resource overhead, improve resource utilization efficiency, and reduce device power consumption.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a terminal device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate Whether there is paging of the terminal device at the paging time PO, the first SSB includes the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or the protocol preset; or, the first SSB includes an SSB in a first SS burst set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the first SS burst set is connected to the first SS burst set
  • the interval between POs is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the SS burst set with the shortest interval between the first PO, and the first duration is configured by the network device or Protocol preset; the terminal device receives the first SSB, and obtains the first information from the first SSB
  • the terminal device determines the position of the SSB that carries the first information, and specifies when the terminal device listens to the first information, so that the network device and the terminal device are aligned and understood, and the The method is simple to implement and can save the cost of terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device by periodically sending the SSB to carry the first information, it is possible to avoid adding new channels/signals to carry the first information, which can save resource overhead and avoid a reduction in resource utilization efficiency.
  • the terminal device only needs to receive the SSB to obtain the first information. It avoids receiving other channels/signals, and can save the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate the Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the first information.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device about whether the first cell in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined, clarifies the function of the first cell, and multiplexes the original The cell clearly defines the load of the PBCH, without introducing new signaling bits, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a network device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate Whether there is paging of the terminal device at the paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, and N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol.
  • the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the first SS burst set and the first PO The interval between them is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the SS burst set with the shortest interval with the first PO, and the first duration is configured by the network device or the protocol Preset; the network device sends the first SSB.
  • the network device determines the position of the SSB carrying the first information, and sends the SSB to the terminal device, so that the network device and the terminal device can be aligned and understood.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the PBCH included in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the payload is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the first information.
  • the network device sends to the terminal device indication information about whether the first cell in the PBCH payload included in the first SSB has been redefined, which clarifies the function of the first cell, and reuses the original cell
  • the definition of the load of the PBCH is not clear, and no new signaling bits need to be introduced, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the first SSB includes the Nth SS burst set to the N+M-1th SS burst set before the first PO
  • the first SSB includes at least one SSB in M1 consecutive SS burst sets, and each SS in the M1 consecutive SS burst sets The burst set is located before the first PO, and the interval between each SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the M1 consecutive SS burst sets An SS burst set that is before the first PO, and whose interval with the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and whose interval with the first PO is the shortest.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a terminal device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate Whether there is paging of the terminal device at the paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO; the starting position of the first time window is the same as the The interval between the first POs is equal to the second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the third duration; or, the start position of the first time window and the first PO are equal to the third duration; The interval between the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the third duration, the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; the terminal device receives the first SSB, and obtains the first information from the first SSB; if the first information
  • the terminal device determines the position of the SSB that carries the first information, and specifies when the terminal device listens to the first information, so that the network device and the terminal device are aligned and understood, and the The method is simple to implement and can save the cost of terminal equipment.
  • new channels/signals can be avoided to carry the first information, resource overhead can be saved, resource utilization efficiency can be avoided, and the terminal device can obtain the first information only by receiving the SSB. It avoids receiving other channels/signals, and can save the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving indication information sent from the network device, the indication information being used to indicate the PBCH included in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the payload is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the first information.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device about whether the first cell in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined, clarifies the function of the first cell, and multiplexes the original The cell clearly defines the load of the PBCH, without introducing new signaling bits, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a network device determines a first SSB, and the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate that in the first Whether there is paging of the terminal device at the paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO; the starting position of the first time window is the same as the first The interval between POs is equal to a second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a third duration; or, the start position of the first time window is equal to the first PO The interval between one PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the third duration, The length of the first time window is a fourth time length; the network device sends the first SSB.
  • the network device determines the position of the SSB carrying the first information, and sends the SSB to the terminal device, so that the network device and the terminal device can be aligned and understood.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the PBCH included in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the payload is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the first information.
  • the network device sends to the terminal device indication information about whether the first cell in the PBCH payload included in the first SSB has been redefined, which clarifies the function of the first cell, and reuses the original cell
  • the definition of the load of the PBCH is not clear, and no new signaling bits need to be introduced, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method comprising: a terminal device receives configuration information sent from a network device, and the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources; the terminal device receives configuration information from the network device The first SSB sent by the device, where the first SSB carries second information, and the second information is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the configured reference signal resources; if according to the second The information determines that the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, and then the terminal device receives the reference signal on part or all of the reference signal resources whose availability status is available in the reference signal resources.
  • the network device can determine the reference signal resource more flexibly according to this method.
  • the transmission of the signal notifies the terminal device in time whether the reference signal resource is available, which can save resource overhead, improve resource utilization, and reduce power consumption of the network device; in addition, this method can also save power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the first SSB includes Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the second information.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device about whether the first cell in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined, clarifies the function of the first cell, and multiplexes the original The cell clearly defines the load of the PBCH, without introducing new signaling bits, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a network device sends configuration information to a terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources; the network device sends a second A synchronous broadcast block SSB, where the first SSB carries second information, and the second information is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the configured reference signal resources; if it is determined according to the second information that the If the available state of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the network device sends the reference signal on the reference signal resource whose available state is available among the reference signal resources.
  • the network device can determine the reference signal resource more flexibly according to this method.
  • the transmission of the signal notifies the terminal equipment in time whether the reference signal resource is available, which can save resource overhead, improve resource utilization, and reduce power consumption of network equipment.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the PBCH included in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the payload is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the second information.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device about whether the first cell in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined, clarifies the function of the first cell, and multiplexes the original The cell clearly defines the load of the PBCH, without introducing new signaling bits, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the first SSB is located in a second time window
  • at least one of the reference signal resources is located in a third time window
  • the third The time window is located after the second time window
  • the second time window and the third time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window
  • the second time window The length of the window and the length of the third time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  • the first SSB is located in a second time window
  • at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the second time window
  • the The second time window is any one of the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window
  • the length of the second time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  • At least one of the reference signal resources is located in a fourth time window; wherein, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the first
  • the end time of an SSB is the same, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the SS burst set in which the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the
  • the start time of the time slot where the first SSB is located is the same, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is The start time is the same as the start time of the next time slot of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or the fourth time window is located after the first SSB and the start time of the fourth time window is the same as The interval between the first SSBs is equal to the fifth duration, or the start
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a terminal device receives a first SSB sent from a network device, the first SSB carries third information, and the third information Used to indicate the period of the second SSB; according to the period of the second SSB, the terminal device receives the second SSB.
  • the network device can change the SSB period more flexibly and in a timely manner, which can save resource overhead, improve resource utilization efficiency, and reduce power consumption of the network device.
  • this method can also save power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the first SSB includes Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the third information.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device about whether the first cell in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined, clarifies the function of the first cell, and multiplexes the original The cell clearly defines the load of the PBCH, without introducing new signaling bits, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a network device sends a first SSB to a terminal device, the first SSB carries third information, and the third information is used for Indicates the period of the second SSB; according to the period of the second SSB, the network device sends the second SSB.
  • the network device can change the SSB period more flexibly and in a timely manner, which can save resource overhead, improve resource utilization efficiency, and reduce power consumption of the network device.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the PBCH included in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the payload is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the third information.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device about whether the first cell in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined, clarifies the function of the first cell, and multiplexes the original The cell clearly defines the load of the PBCH, without introducing new signaling bits, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the first SSB is located in the fifth time window
  • the second SSB is located in the sixth time window
  • the sixth time window is located in the After the fifth time window
  • the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window
  • the length of the fifth time window and The length of the sixth time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  • the first SSB is located within a fifth time window
  • the second SSB is located after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window
  • the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window
  • the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window
  • the length of the fifth time window is the same as the length of the sixth time window, and is smaller than the period of the periodic time window.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a determining module, configured for a terminal device to determine a first simulcast broadcast block SSB, where the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used for Indicates whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, N is a positive integer and is the network Device configuration or protocol preset; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the first SS burst set
  • the interval with the first PO is greater than or equal to a first duration, and the first SS burst set is the SS burst set with the shortest interval with the first PO, and the first duration is Configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; the receiving module is used for the terminal device to receive the first SS SS
  • the receiving module is further configured for the terminal device to receive indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the first SSB includes Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device comprising: a determining module, configured for a network device to determine a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information uses In order to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, and N is a positive integer and is a network device Configured or preset by the protocol; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the first SS burst set and The interval between the first POs is greater than or equal to a first duration, and the first SS burst set is the SS burst set with the shortest interval between the first POs, and the first duration is the network Configured by the device or preset by the protocol; a sending module, configured for the
  • the sending module is further configured for the network device to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the PBCH included in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the payload is redefined; if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
  • the first SSB includes the Nth SS burst set to the N+M-1th SS burst set before the first PO
  • the SSB in the transmission set the first SSB includes the SSB in the N-M+1th SS burst set to the Nth SS burst set before the first PO
  • the M is greater than or equal to 2 positive integer of .
  • the first SSB includes at least one SSB in M1 consecutive SS burst sets, and each SS in the M1 consecutive SS burst sets The burst set is located before the first PO, and the interval between each SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the M1 consecutive SS burst sets An SS burst set that is before the first PO, and whose interval with the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and whose interval with the first PO is the shortest.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device comprising: a determining module, configured for a terminal device to determine a first simulcast broadcast block SSB, the first SSB carrying first information, and the first information Used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO; the first time window The interval between the starting position and the first PO is equal to a second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a third duration; or, the first time window The interval between the starting position of the first PO and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the distance between the end position of the first time window and the first PO The interval between is equal to the third time length, and the length of the first time window is the fourth time length; the receiving module is used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB, and obtain the first
  • the receiving module is further configured for the terminal device to receive indication information sent from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the first SSB includes Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the first information.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device includes: a determining module, configured for a network device to determine a first simulcast broadcast block SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information Used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO; the start of the first time window The interval between the position and the first PO is equal to a second duration, the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a third duration; or, the start of the first time window The interval between the start position and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the distance between the end position of the first time window and the first PO The interval is equal to the third duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; a sending module, configured for the network device to send the first SSB.
  • a determining module configured for a
  • the sending module is further configured to: the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the first SSB includes Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a receiving module, configured for a terminal device to receive configuration information sent from a network device, where the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources; the receiving module The module is also used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB sent by the network device, the first SSB carries second information, and the second information is used to indicate that in the configured reference signal resource The available status of at least one of the reference signal resources; if it is determined according to the second information that the available status of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the available status of the terminal device in the reference signal resources is an available reference signal resource Some or all of the received reference signals.
  • the receiving module is further configured for the terminal device to receive indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that in the first SSB Whether the first information element included in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the second information.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device including: a sending module, configured to send configuration information from a network device to a terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources; the sending module further Used for the network device to send a first simulcast broadcast block SSB to the terminal device, where the first SSB carries second information, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the configured reference signal resources Available state: if it is determined according to the second information that the available state of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the network device sends a reference signal on a reference signal resource whose available state is available among the reference signal resources .
  • the sending module is further configured for the network device to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the second information.
  • the first SSB is located in a second time window
  • at least one of the reference signal resources is located in a third time window
  • the The third time window is located after the second time window
  • the second time window and the third time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window
  • the first time window The length of the second time window and the length of the third time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  • the first SSB is located in a second time window, and at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the second time window,
  • the second time window is any one of multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the second time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  • At least one of the reference signal resources is located in a fourth time window; wherein, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the The end time of the first SSB is the same, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the SS burst set in which the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window The same as the start time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the fourth time window The start time of the window is the same as the start time of the next time slot of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the fourth time window is located after the first SSB and the start time of the fourth time window is The interval between the time and the first SSB is equal to the fifth duration, or the start time of the fourth time window is located after the first SS
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device comprising: a receiving module, configured for a terminal device to receive a first SSB sent from a network device, and the first SSB carries third information , the third information is used to indicate the period of the second SSB; the receiving module is further configured to receive the second SSB by the terminal device according to the period of the second SSB.
  • the receiving module is further configured for the terminal device to receive indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the included PBCH payload is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the third information.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device comprising: a sending module, configured for a network device to send a first SSB to a terminal device, where the first SSB carries third information, the The third information is used to indicate the cycle of the second SSB; the sending module is further configured to send the second SSB by the network device according to the cycle of the second SSB.
  • the sending module is further configured for the network device to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the third information.
  • the first SSB is located in a fifth time window
  • the second SSB is located in a sixth time window
  • the sixth time window Located after the fifth time window, the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the fifth time window's length and the length of the sixth time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  • the first SSB is located within a fifth time window
  • the second SSB is located after the fifth time window and at a sixth time
  • the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window
  • the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window window
  • the length of the fifth time window is the same as the length of the sixth time window, and is smaller than the period of the periodic time window.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes at least one processor and a memory, the processor is coupled to the memory, the memory stores program instructions, and when the memory stores When the program instructions are executed by the processor, the communication device executes the method described in any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store program instructions executed by a computer, and the program instructions include instructions for executing the first aspect to the eighth aspect. Instructions of the method described in any one of the aspects or any one of the possible implementations.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes computer program instructions, and when the computer program instructions are run on a computer, the computer implements the first aspect to the first aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a time-frequency structure of an SSB provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a PO within a paging DRX cycle of a UE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of UE states before and after the introduction of PEI provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the SSB in the third SS burst set before the first PO provided by an embodiment of the present application and the first PO;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of association of SSBs in the SS burst set with the first PO before the first PO and with the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of SSBs in two consecutive SS burst sets associated with the first PO starting from the third SS burst set before the first PO provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 10 shows the SSBs associated with the first PO in two consecutive SS bursts before the first PO and including the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the association between the SSB and the first PO within the first time window provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an SSB associated with multiple POs provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart of an exemplary communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a time window period equal to the length of the time window provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an SSB having a period and a reference signal having a period provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of the second information carried by the SSB in the third SS burst set before the PO used to indicate the available state of the reference signal resource in the fourth time window according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram in which the period of the time window is equal to the length of the time window provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a period in which the third information carried by the SSB in the fifth time window indicates the SSB in the sixth time window according to another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the present application in which the period of the time window is greater than the length of the time window;
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a cycle of an SSB that is located after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window, in which the third information carried by the SSB within the fifth time window is provided by another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 28 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 32 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 35 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile communication system includes a network device 110 and at least one terminal device (such as the terminal device 120 in FIG. 1 ).
  • the network device 110 sends information to the terminal device 120 through a downlink channel
  • the terminal device 120 sends information to the network device 110 through an uplink channel.
  • the terminal device 120 may be fixed or mobile.
  • the numbers of network devices and terminal devices shown in FIG. 1 are only an example. In an actual process, the number of network devices and terminal devices may also be other numbers.
  • the communication system may also include other network elements, for example, may also include core network equipment, and the network equipment may be connected to the core network equipment. It is noted here that the specific forms of the network device and the terminal device are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 110 is a device for a terminal device to wirelessly access a mobile communication system, and may be a base station eNB (evolved node B), an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNodeB), a transmission reception point (transmission reception point) , TRP), the next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in the fifth generation mobile communication system, the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access point in the wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system, etc.; also can It is a module or unit that completes some functions of the base station, for example, it can be a centralized unit (central unit, CU) or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU).
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device 110 .
  • the terminal device 120 may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like.
  • Terminal equipment can also be called UE, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, wireless telecommunications equipment, user agent, user equipment, or user device.
  • the terminal device can be a station (station, STA) in a wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN), and can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless local loop) loop, WLL) stations, personal digital assistant (PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, and next-generation communication systems ( For example, the terminals in the fifth generation mobile communication system (5th generation, 5G) network or the terminal equipment in the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) network that will evolve in the future, etc., this embodiment of the present application does not limited.
  • 5G fifth generation mobile communication system
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • LTE-V long term evolution-vehicle
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • the terms UE and terminal device may be interchanged, and the terms base station and network device may also be interchanged.
  • Communication between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may be performed through a licensed spectrum, or through an unlicensed spectrum, or through both a licensed spectrum and an unlicensed spectrum.
  • the communication between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may be performed through a frequency spectrum below 6 GHz (gigahertz, GHZ), or may be performed through a frequency spectrum above 6 GHZ, or may be performed using both a frequency spectrum below 6 GHZ and a frequency spectrum above 6 GHZ. communication.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the frequency spectrum resources used between the network device and the terminal device.
  • the fifth-generation mobile communication system 5G is committed to supporting higher system performance, and will support multiple service types, different deployment scenarios and a wider spectrum range.
  • the above-mentioned multiple service types include enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), massive machine type communication (MMTC), ultra-reliable and low latency communications (URLLC), Multimedia broadcast multicast service (multimedia broadcast multicast service, MBMS) and positioning services, etc.
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • MMTC massive machine type communication
  • URLLC ultra-reliable and low latency communications
  • Multimedia broadcast multicast service multimedia broadcast multicast service
  • MBMS multimedia broadcast multicast service
  • Different deployment scenarios include indoor hotspot, dense urban, suburban, urban macro coverage (Urban Macro), and high-speed rail scenarios.
  • a wider spectrum range means that 5G will support a spectrum range up to 100GHz, which includes both the low-frequency part below 6GHz and the high-frequency part above 6GHz up to 100GHz.
  • the embodiments of the present application are mainly applied to all capability-limited UEs in the 5G new air interface (new radio, NR) system, for example, machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC)/narrow band (narrow band, NB) UE and Reduced capability (reduced capability, RedCap) UE, etc.
  • the maximum bandwidth capability of NR RedCap UE in low frequency FR1 is 20MHz
  • the maximum bandwidth capability in high frequency FR2 is 100MHz.
  • the capability of NR eMBB UE supports a bandwidth of 100MHz in FR1 and a bandwidth of 200MHz in FR2, and the bandwidth of 400MHz in FR2 is optional.
  • the bandwidth capability supported by NR RedCap UE is smaller than that of existing NR UE (such as eMBB UE), and the smaller bandwidth capability can reduce the complexity of UE implementation, save UE power consumption, and help reduce UE cost.
  • the currently considered NR RedCap UE includes three major application scenarios: wearables, industrial wireless sensors and video surveillance equipment.
  • the SSB includes a synchronization signal and a broadcast channel.
  • the synchronization signal includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS), and the broadcast channel is PBCH.
  • PSS primary synchronization signal
  • SSS secondary synchronization signal
  • One SSB occupies 4 consecutive orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in the time domain, and occupies 20 consecutive resource blocks (RBs) in the frequency domain.
  • the first symbol of SSB is PSS
  • the third symbol is SSS
  • both PSS and SSS occupy 127 subcarriers.
  • PBCH is distributed in the 2nd to 4th symbols of SSB. In the 2nd and 4th symbols, PBCH occupies 240 subcarriers.
  • resource element, RE resource element
  • the frequency domain bandwidth of SSB is shown in Table 1 below:
  • the SSB can be divided into a defined cell SSB (cell-defining SSB, CD-SSB) and a non-cell-defining SSB (non-cell-defining SSB, non-CD-SSB). If an SSB is associated with a remaining minimum system information (RMSI), such an SSB is called a CD-SSB.
  • CD-SSB will correspond to 1 cell, and this cell will have a unique NR cell global identifier (NR cell global identifier, NCGI).
  • system information is cell-level information, that is, valid for all UEs accessing the cell.
  • System information can be divided into main system module (master information block, MIB) information and multiple system information blocks (system information block, SIB), each system information contains a series of parameter sets related to a certain function.
  • MIB master information block
  • SIB system information block
  • PBCH will carry MIB information, and MIB information is used to indicate a set of control resource sets associated with the physical downlink control channel search space type (Type0-physical downlink control channel common search space, Type0-PDCCH CSS) Whether (control-resource set, CORESET) exists, such a CORESET is called CORESET#0.
  • the MIB information indicates that CORESET#0 exists, it means that the SSB is a CD-SSB; the UE can monitor and schedule the PDCCH of SIB1 in CORESET#0, and SIB1 is the RMSI; PDCCH is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH ), the PDSCH is used to bear SIB1.
  • the MIB indicates that CORESET#0 does not exist, it means that the SSB is non-CD-SSB, that is, non-CD-SSB is not associated with RMSI.
  • the payload of the PBCH includes information for indicating subcarrier offset k SSB .
  • the information indicating k SSB has 5 bits.
  • FR1 frequency band mainly use two frequency bands: FR1 frequency band and FR2 frequency band.
  • the frequency range of FR1 frequency band is 450MHz to 6GHz, also known as sub 6GHz frequency band, low frequency; the frequency range of FR2 frequency band is 24.25GHz to 52.6GHz, commonly known as millimeter wave, high frequency.
  • SSB is composed of PSS, SSS and PBCH, and PBCH is used to carry system information.
  • PBCH paylaod includes high-level signaling MIB (23 bits in total), and information of 8 bits other than MIB; in addition, high-level signaling also includes 1 bit , that is, broadcast control channel-broadcast channel-messagetype (broadcast control channel-broadcast channel-messagetype, BCCH-BCH-MessageType), used to indicate whether the high-level RRC message carried by the PBCH is MIB or other types.
  • the PBCH payload includes a total of 32 bits, as shown in Table 3 below:
  • the signaling included in the MIB is shown in Table 4 below:
  • the non-high-level signaling in the PBCH payload is as follows: This part of the payload is the load in the PBCH payload except the MIB, not the high-level signaling. This part includes a total of 8 bits, mainly related to timing. The specific signaling content is shown in Table 5.
  • the first function of the SSB is cell access: receive MIB information through the SSB, thereby obtaining the SIB1 associated with the SSB, and accessing the cell. Since SSB includes PSS and SSS, and PBCH includes PBCH DMRS, SSB can also be used for UE to perform time-frequency tracking (or time-frequency synchronization), beam management, radio resource management (radio resource management, RRM) measurement, wireless link Listening (radio link monitoring, RLM) measurement, channel state information (channel state information, CSI) measurement, etc.
  • time-frequency tracking or time-frequency synchronization
  • beam management radio resource management
  • RRM radio resource management
  • RLM wireless link Listening
  • channel state information channel state information
  • CSI channel state information
  • 3GPP defines certain frequencies as synchronization raster (sync raster), CD-SSB is located in sync raster, and non-CD-SSB may or may not be located in sync raster.
  • synchronization raster sync raster
  • CD-SSB is located in sync raster
  • non-CD-SSB may or may not be located in sync raster.
  • the UE When the UE initially accesses, it must first select a cell, and the UE will search for the SSB on the sync raster. If the CD-SSB is found on the sync raster, the UE may select the cell corresponding to the CD-SSB as the initial access cell, and at the same time The RMSI associated with the CD-SSB (ie SIB1) will also be received.
  • SIB1 The RMSI associated with the CD-SSB
  • the UE When receiving SIB1, the UE needs to monitor the PDCCH scrambled by the system information Radio Network Temporary Identifier (SI-RNTI) on the CORESET#0 and Type0-PDCCH CSS indicated by the MIB carried by the SSB.
  • SI-RNTI system information Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the PDCCH scrambled by the RNTI will schedule the PDSCH carrying the SIB1.
  • Type0-PDCCH CSS is also called: search space 0 (or search space set 0, or search space set with ID 0).
  • An SS burst set represents a set of one or more SSBs.
  • An SS burst set is located in the first half frame or the second half frame of a radio frame.
  • the period of the SSB can also be regarded as the period of the SS burst set.
  • the maximum number of SSBs Lmax included in one SS burst set indicates the number of SSBs that the network device may send in one SS burst set, and the number of SSBs actually sent in one SS burst set is less than or equal to Lmax.
  • the bandwidth supported by the NR RedCap UE mentioned above is small.
  • a part of the bandwidth (bandwidth part, BWP) (frequency range) configured for RedCap UE may not include CD-SSB.
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • the network device may configure two initial downlink BWPs (initial DL BWP), one for NR normal UE, one for RedCap UE.
  • the network device may also configure a BWP that does not include CD-SSB for the RedCap UE.
  • NR normal UE includes other NR UEs except RedCap UE, for example, NR eMBB UE.
  • the BWP configured by the network device for the RedCap UE may not include CD-SSB.
  • a time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system since the eMBB UE has a relatively high bandwidth capability, for example, FR1 supports a radio frequency bandwidth capability of 100MHz. Therefore, the bandwidth of the initial uplink BWP configured by the network device for the eMBB UE may exceed the maximum bandwidth capability supported by the RedCap UE.
  • a new initial uplink BWP may be configured for RedCap UE, and the bandwidth of the new initial uplink BWP should not exceed the bandwidth supported by RedCap UE Maximum bandwidth capability.
  • an uplink BWP and a downlink BWP form a BWP pair (BWP pair), and their IDs are the same and they have the same center frequency.
  • the initial uplink BWP and the initial downlink BWP are a BWP pair and should have the same center frequency.
  • the center frequency of the initial uplink BWP newly introduced for RedCap UE may not be aligned with the initial downlink BWP configured for eMBB UE.
  • the BWP center frequency is aligned, and an initial downlink BWP is newly introduced for RedCap UE, for example, it is called: RedCap-initial DL BWP.
  • the frequency domain range of the initial downlink BWP configured for the RedCap UE may not include CD-SSB.
  • the UE may still need to receive SSB for time-frequency tracking, beam management, RRM measurement, RLM measurement, and/or CSI measurement when the BWP is the active BWP.
  • RedCap UE needs to perform BWP switching or radio frequency (RF) switching when receiving SSB.
  • RF switching UE cannot transmit data on the activated BWP, which will cause data interruption.
  • frequent RF switching of UE will also increase UE power consumption.
  • RedCap UE is configured with other SSBs other than CD-SSB.
  • RedCap UE is configured with SSB for measurement in the initial DL BWP dedicated to RedCap.
  • the SSB for measurement may be non-CD-SSB , or CD-SSB, without limitation.
  • SSB is divided into CD-SSB and non-CD-SSB.
  • CD-SSB is mainly used to carry MIB, while non-CD-SSB is not used to determine a cell, so it does not need to carry MIB.
  • the main role of Non-CD-SSB is for UE to perform time-frequency tracking/beam management/RRM measurement/RLM measurement/CSI measurement. It does not require NR normal UE/RedCap UE to initially access through non-CD-SSB. In addition, non - There is no restriction on whether the CD-SSB is located in the sync raster.
  • the information carried by the PBCH payload of non-CD-SSB is mainly reinterpreted to represent some new functions, that is, the PBCH of non-CD-SSB carries indication information to indicate new Function.
  • the non-CD-SSB may not be located in the sync raster, or may be located in the sync raster, without limitation.
  • the network device will configure the paging discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle, and the paging frame (paging frame, PF) in each paging DRX cycle includes the radio frame (radio frame, RF) in the paging DRX cycle
  • the ratio in and the number of POs included in each paging frame is 10 milliseconds
  • the paging frame is a radio frame
  • a PF may contain 1 or more POs or the start of a PO.
  • a PO is a set including one or more PDCCH monitoring occasions (PDCCH monitoring occasions).
  • the number of PDCCH monitoring occasions included in a PO is equal to the number of SSBs actually sent in an SSB cycle, that is, an SS burst set (SS burst set) includes the number of SSBs actually sent, and the PDCCH monitoring timing for monitoring the paging PDCCH is determined according to the paging search space set.
  • the paging DRX cycle of the UE is determined according to the default DRX cycle broadcast by the system information and the UE-specific DRX cycle.
  • the UE may be configured with one or more dedicated DRX cycles.
  • the dedicated DRX cycle can be determined by the RRC message of the RRC layer. Configured or configured by upper layers (upper layers) messages (for example, through non-access stratum (non access stratum, NAS) signaling). If the UE is configured with a UE-specific DRX cycle, the UE's paging DRX cycle is equal to the minimum value of the default DRX cycle and the dedicated DRX cycle; otherwise, the UE's paging DRX cycle is equal to the default DRX cycle.
  • the paging DRX cycle of the UE is 1.28 seconds, one paging DRX cycle includes 8 paging frames, and each paging frame includes 1 PO.
  • the UE will determine the PO to be monitored according to its UE_ID. Specifically, the UE will determine the PF to monitor the paging PDCCH and which PO to monitor in the PF according to its UE_ID.
  • the PO determined by the UE to monitor the paging PDCCH according to its own UE_ID is called the PO of the UE, or the PO of the UE, or the PO corresponding to the UE.
  • the UE can also be called a UE on this PO.
  • UE1 determines to monitor the paging PDCCH at PO1 and PO9.
  • a UE only needs to monitor one PO in a paging DRX cycle.
  • the UE In the RRC idle/inactive state, the UE only monitors the paging PDCCH in its own PO. It should be understood that monitoring the PO means monitoring the paging PDCCH on the PO.
  • paging early indication is introduced in the current related technology.
  • PEI there may also be other names, such as wake-up signal (wake-up signal, WUS).
  • WUS wake-up signal
  • the UE will monitor the paging PDCCH at the PO afterwards; if there is no paging information, the UE can enter the sleep state without monitoring the paging PDCCH and wait for the next The DRX cycle wakes up again to monitor the PEI indication.
  • Figure 4(a) shows the behaviors that the UE will perform before the PO monitors the paging PDCCH when the PEI is not introduced, that is, deep sleep, light sleep, state switching between deep sleep and wake-up states, and state switching between light sleep and wake-up states.
  • State switching in which, the power consumption of UE in deep sleep is lower than that of UE in light sleep; in deep sleep, UE may turn off the baseband processing module and radio frequency transceiver module; in light sleep, UE may turn off the radio frequency transceiver module and some modules in the baseband processing module; in the wake-up state, the UE normally sends and receives data, and the baseband processing module and the radio frequency transceiver module are normally turned on.
  • the UE Because the UE generally sleeps for a long time before monitoring the paging PDCCH in the RRC idle/inactive state, it generally needs to receive the SSB before monitoring the paging PDCCH for time-frequency synchronization, automatic gain control (automatic gain control, AGC) adjustment, etc. .
  • AGC automatic gain control
  • Figure 4(b) shows that after the PEI indication is introduced, when the PEI indicates that the UE has no paging information, the UE can directly enter the sleep state to save power consumption.
  • a UE group indication can also be introduced into the PEI to divide multiple UEs listening to a PO into multiple subgroups, and then notify the UEs in the subgroup whether they are paged in units of subgroups . In this way, the false alarm probability of the UE can be reduced, so that the UE can reduce unnecessary reception and decoding of the paging PDCCH/paging PDSCH.
  • PEI is generally not carried by existing channels or signals, it may occupy additional time-frequency resources, increase resource overhead, increase power consumption of network equipment, and reduce resource utilization efficiency; although relevant technical personnel in the field
  • PBCH can be used to carry PEI to indicate whether paging exists
  • PEI can be carried by SSBs, and have not indicated which SSBs are carried by them. Therefore, how to determine whether a PO is used to indicate to UE Which SSBs bear the paging PEI has become an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method.
  • the method clarifies when the UE monitors the paging information indicating whether the UE exists in the PO. Call indication information, so that the network device and the UE can understand it.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution entity executing the communication method is a terminal device.
  • the terminal device is, for example, a mobile phone, a software module, a hardware module, a chip or a chip system in a vehicle. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S501 , S502 and S503 . Each step in the method shown in FIG. 5 will be described in detail below.
  • the terminal device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB includes the first
  • the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before PO, N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, and the The first SS burst set is located before the first PO, the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the same as the first PO
  • the SS burst set with the shortest interval between the first POs, the first duration is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol.
  • the first SSB includes a PBCH
  • the PBCH may carry the first information.
  • N is indicated by the network device, for example, through downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) indication, medium access control control element (medium access control control element, MAC CE) indication or RRC message indication, or by the protocol predefined.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • MAC CE medium access control control element
  • RRC message indication or by the protocol predefined.
  • the first SSB includes the SSB in the Nth SS burst set before the first PO, that is, the PBCH used in the SSB included in the Nth SS burst set before the first PO To carry first information, where the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO.
  • the PBCH carries the first information, which may also be described as the SSB carrying the first information. It should be understood that the SSB carries the first information, and here it means that the PBCH included in the SSB carries the first information.
  • the SSB in the Nth SS burst set before the first PO is associated with the first PO, or the PBCH included in the SSB in the Nth SS burst set before the first PO is associated with the first PO. That is, one SSB is associated with one PO, indicating that the first information carried by the SSB is used to indicate whether paging exists on the PO associated with the SSB.
  • the SSB in the third SS burst before the first PO is associated with the first PO.
  • one SS burst may include one or more actually transmitted SSBs, that is, there may be multiple SSBs associated with one PO.
  • the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the SS burst set with the shortest interval with the first PO. That is to say, the PBCH included in the SSB in the SS burst set before the first PO and with the shortest interval from the start of the first PO and the interval is greater than or equal to the first duration is used to carry the first information.
  • a message is used to indicate whether there is a paging of the terminal device at the first PO.
  • the first duration is indicated by the network device, for example, indicated by a DCI, MAC CE or RRC message, or predefined by a protocol.
  • the protocol stipulates that the first duration is equal to twice the period of the SSB, or the first duration is equal to 20 milliseconds, and so on.
  • the SSB in the SS burst set before the first PO and with the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration is associated with the first PO, or the SSB before the first PO and between the first PO
  • the PBCH included in the SSB in the SS burst set with the shortest interval and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration is associated with the first PO. That is, one SSB is associated with one PO, indicating that the first information carried by the SSB is used to indicate whether paging exists on the PO associated with the SSB.
  • the SSB in the SS burst set before the first PO and with the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration is associated with the first PO.
  • the terminal device determines the position of the SSB that bears the first information indicating whether there is paging of the UE in the PO, that is, the SSB in the Nth SS burst set before the first PO or before the first PO and with The SSB in the SS burst set with the shortest interval between the start of the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration specifies when the UE listens to the first information, so that the network device and the terminal device can be aligned and understood.
  • the interval between an SS burst set and the first PO is the time interval between the end of the SS burst set and the start of the first PO.
  • the interval between an SS burst set and the first PO is the time interval between the end of the SS burst set and the start of the paging frame where the first PO is located.
  • the interval between an SS burst set and the first PO is the time between the end of the SS burst set and the start of the first PO in the paging frame where the first PO is located interval.
  • a paging frame may include one or more POs.
  • the terminal device receives the first SSB, and acquires the first information from the first SSB.
  • the terminal device monitors a paging PDCCH at the first PO.
  • the terminal device may also receive other SSBs before the first PO for time-frequency synchronization and/or measurement, etc., and these other SSBs are not used to carry the first information.
  • the terminal device may enter a sleep state and not monitor the paging PDCCH at the first PO.
  • the terminal device determines the position of the SSB that carries the first information, and specifies when the terminal device listens to the first information, so that the network device and the terminal device are aligned and understood , and the method is simple to implement and can save the cost of terminal equipment.
  • new channels/signals can be avoided to carry the first information, resource overhead can be saved, resource utilization efficiency can be avoided, and the terminal device can obtain the first information only by receiving the SSB. It avoids receiving other channels/signals, and can save the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; It is defined that the first information element represents the first information.
  • the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5)
  • the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject that executes the communication method is a network device.
  • the network device is, for example, a base station, a distributed unit, and the like. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S801 and S802.
  • the network device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB includes the first
  • the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before PO, N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, and the The first SS burst set is located before the first PO, the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the same as the first PO
  • the SS burst set with the shortest interval between the first POs, the first duration is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol.
  • the method for determining the first SSB in this step is performed by the network device, and the specific content can refer to the method in the above step S501, only need to replace the terminal device in the specific implementation manner in step S501 with a network device.
  • the network device sends the first SSB.
  • the network device After determining the first SSB, the network device sends the first SSB to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, The first information element represents the first information.
  • the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5)
  • the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
  • the first SSB also includes the SSBs in the Nth SS burst set to the N+M-1th SS burst set before the first PO, or the first SSB includes the first PO From the previous N-M+1th SS burst set to the SSB in the Nth SS burst set, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the PBCH included in the SSBs in a total of M consecutive SS burst sets) is used to carry the first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device in the first PO.
  • the SSBs in M consecutive SS burst sets are associated with the first PO, or starting from the Nth SS burst set before the first PO , the PBCHs included in the SSBs in M consecutive SS burst sets are associated with the first PO. That is, one SSB is associated with one PO, indicating that the first information carried by the SSB is used to indicate whether paging exists on the PO associated with the SSB.
  • the first SSB further includes at least one SSB in M1 consecutive SS burst sets, each SS burst set in the M1 continuous SS burst sets is located before the first PO, and each SS burst set The interval with the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and M1 consecutive SS bursts are included before the first PO, and the interval with the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and include The set of SS bursts with the shortest interval between the first POs.
  • the PBCH included in the SSB in the M1 consecutive SS burst sets before the first PO and including the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration is used to carry the first information
  • the first PO A message is used to indicate whether there is a paging of the terminal device at the first PO.
  • the SSBs in M1 consecutive SS burst sets before the first PO and including the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration are associated with the first PO, or the first PO is before and
  • the PBCH included in the SSBs in the M1 consecutive SS burst sets with the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration is associated with the first PO. That is, one SSB is associated with one PO, indicating that the first information carried by the SSB is used to indicate whether paging exists on the PO associated with the SSB.
  • the SSB in two consecutive SS bursts before the first PO and including the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration is associated with the first PO .
  • Fig. 11 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution entity executing the communication method is a terminal device.
  • the terminal device is, for example, a mobile phone, a software module, a hardware module, a chip or a chip system in a vehicle. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S1101, S1102, and S1103. Each step in the method shown in FIG. 11 will be described in detail below.
  • the terminal device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device in the first PO, and the first SSB includes the first PO At least one SSB in the first time window; the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO Equal to the third duration; or, the interval between the starting position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the first time The interval between the end position of the window and the first PO is equal to the third duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration.
  • the first SSB includes a PBCH
  • the PBCH may carry the first information.
  • the first SSB includes at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO, that is, the first SSB includes the PBCH included in at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO for carrying First information, where the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO.
  • the PBCH carries the first information, which may also be described as the SSB carrying the first information. It should be understood that the SSB carries the first information, and here it means that the PBCH included in the SSB carries the first information.
  • At least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO is associated with the first PO, or the PBCH included in at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO is associated with the first PO. That is, one SSB is associated with one PO, indicating that the first information carried by the SSB is used to indicate whether paging exists on the PO associated with the SSB.
  • the first time window may be indicated by the network device, or pre-defined by the protocol; any one of the second time period, the third time period and the fourth time period may also be indicated by the network device, or the protocol is pre-defined, or according to the capability information reported by the UE Or auxiliary information is determined.
  • the second duration and the third duration, or, the second duration and the fourth duration, or, the third duration and the fourth duration may be used to determine the first time window.
  • the interval between the first time window (the start position/end position) and the first PO is the first time window (the start position/end position) and the start position of the first PO time interval between.
  • the distance between the first time window (the start position/end position) and the first PO is the distance between the first time window (the start position/end position) and the location where the first PO is located.
  • the time interval between the start of call frames is the distance between the first time window (the start position/end position) and the location where the first PO is located.
  • the distance between the first time window (the start position/end position) and the first PO is the distance between the first time window (the start position/end position) and the location where the first PO is located.
  • a paging frame may include one or more POs.
  • the first SSB includes all SSBs in the first time window before the first PO.
  • the SSB within the first time window is associated with the first PO.
  • the terminal device receives the first SSB, and acquires the first information from the first SSB.
  • the terminal device monitors a paging PDCCH at the first PO.
  • the terminal device may also receive other SSBs before the first PO for time-frequency synchronization and/or measurement, etc., and these other SSBs are not used to carry the first information.
  • the terminal device may enter a sleep state and not monitor the paging PDCCH at the first PO.
  • the terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; It is defined that the first information element represents the first information.
  • the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5)
  • the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
  • Fig. 13 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution entity executing the communication method is a network device.
  • the network device is, for example, a base station, a distributed unit, and the like. The embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S1301 and S1302.
  • the network device determines the first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device in the first PO, and the first SSB includes the first PO At least one SSB in the first time window; the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO Equal to the third duration; or, the interval between the starting position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the first time The interval between the end position of the window and the first PO is equal to the third duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration.
  • the method for determining the first SSB in this step is performed by the network device, and the specific content can refer to the method in the above step S1101, only need to replace the terminal device in the specific implementation manner in step S1101 with a network device.
  • the network device sends the first SSB.
  • the network device After determining the first SSB, the network device sends the first SSB to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, The first information element represents the first information.
  • the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5)
  • the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
  • the first PO is a PO determined by the terminal device according to its own UE_ID for monitoring the paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  • one SSB may also be associated with multiple POs.
  • one PF includes 2 POs
  • the SSB in SS burst set 1 in Figure 14 is associated with both PO1 and PO2.
  • the information carried by the PBCH includes 2 bits, the first bit is used to indicate whether there is paging at PO1, and the second bit is used to indicate whether there is paging at PO2.
  • one SS burst set may include multiple actually transmitted SSBs, therefore, one SS burst set may simultaneously have multiple SSBs associated with one PO.
  • the first information carried by different SSBs in the same SS burst set associated with a PO is the same.
  • an SS burst set includes two actually transmitted SSBs, SSB1 and SSB2, and the first information carried by these two SSBs either indicates that there is paging in the first PO, or both indicate that there is no paging in the first PO.
  • the UE does not expect that the first information carried by one of the SSBs indicates that there is paging at the first PO, while the first information carried by the other SSB indicates that there is no paging at the first PO.
  • both SS burst set 1 and SS burst set 2 are associated with PO1
  • an implementation manner is that the first information carried by all SSBs associated with PO1 is the same .
  • the UE only needs to choose to receive the SSB in any SS burst set to receive the first information, and then it can judge whether there is paging in PO1, which is beneficial for the UE to select the SS burst set in the SS burst set according to its own time-frequency synchronization performance.
  • Whether the SSB in SS burst set 1 is woken up before SS burst set 1 or the SSB in SS burst set 2 is woken up before SS burst set 2 is beneficial to save UE power consumption.
  • the first information indicates that there is paging of the terminal device in the first PO, it does not necessarily mean that the terminal device must be paged. Middle) to determine whether the end device is actually paged.
  • the multiple UEs monitoring the same PO may be divided into multiple UE groups, and for one of the UE groups, the first information may indicate whether the corresponding PO exists
  • the first information may indicate whether the corresponding PO exists
  • For paging of a UE group if a UE group is indicated to have paging, it indicates that at least one UE in the UE group is paged, and all UEs in the UE group must monitor the paging PDCCH at the corresponding PO.
  • the first information indicates whether there is paging of the UE in a PO, and may also be expressed as: the first information indicates whether the UE or the UE group to which the UE belongs monitors the PDCCH for paging in the PO.
  • the first information may also indicate whether there are short messages (short messages) in the PO, and/or whether there is paging PDSCH scheduling information. If there is a short message, the network device will send a paging PDCCH at the PO, and the short message indicator field (short message indicator) in the DCI carried by the paging PDCCH is set to "10" or "11"; if there is PDSCH scheduling information , the network device will send a paging PDCCH at the PO, and the short message indicator field (short message indicator) in the DCI carried by the paging PDCCH is set to "01" or "11", and the DCI carried by the paging PDCCH will include the PDSCH Scheduling information. Wherein, the short message is carried in the DCI carried by the paging PDCCH.
  • the first information indicates that there is neither short message nor paging PDSCH scheduling information in the PO, it means that there is no paging in the PO, that is, there is no paging PDCCH and paging PDSCH.
  • the first information indicates that there is paging in the PO, it means that there is a paging PDCCH and a paging PDSCH in the PO, or there is only a paging PDCCH and no paging PDSCH.
  • the flow chart of this example is shown in FIG. 15 .
  • the UE determines that the SSB in the third SS burst set before the first PO is associated with the first PO, and the SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the UE in the first PO.
  • the UE receives the SSB.
  • the UE receives the SSB and obtains first information therefrom. If the first information indicates that there is paging of the UE in the first PO, perform S1503; if the first information indicates that there is no paging of the UE in the first PO, perform S1504.
  • the UE monitors the paging PDCCH at the first PO.
  • the UE may also receive other SSBs before the first PO, for example, the SSBs in the first and second SS burst sets before the first PO.
  • the UE enters a sleep state, and does not monitor the paging PDCCH in the first PO.
  • the UE will continue to monitor the first information at the SSB in the third SS burst set before its own PO after a paging DRX cycle.
  • the UE listens to the first information, which can make the network device and the UE align and understand; and reinterpret the information carried by the non-CD-SSB PBCH payload, and also It can be used to indicate other functions, such as indicating the available status of reference signal resources.
  • the UE can receive the indication information of the reference signal in the RRC idle/inactive state, which is used to indicate whether the reference signal exists or whether the reference signal is available.
  • the reference signal used by the UE when performing time-frequency synchronization/measurement in the RRC idle/inactive state is SSB, but according to the SSB, the UE can only perform coarse time-frequency synchronization, and the accuracy of measurement is not high.
  • the UE needs to receive multiple SSB (for example, 2 to 3 receptions are required at low SINR) to complete time-frequency synchronization/measurement, which will increase UE power consumption.
  • the reference signal resources configured for UEs in RRC connected state will be notified to UEs in RRC idle/inactive state. Since these reference signal resources have already been configured for UEs in RRC connected state, there will be no new resource overhead. .
  • the density and frequency domain width of the reference signal resources configured for the RRC connected UE are generally large, and the UE performs time-frequency synchronization and measurement with high precision accordingly.
  • the indication information of these reference signals is generally considered to be carried by the PEI, or carried by the DCI/paging PDSCH carried by the paging PDCCH.
  • the indication information of the reference signal is carried by the Paging DCI/PDSCH.
  • the network device does not need to send the paging DCI/PDSCH, but in order to send the reference signal
  • the indication information may still need to send the paging DCI/PDSCH, therefore, the indication information of the reference signal carried by the Paging DCI/PDSCH may increase resource overhead.
  • the UE may not be able to obtain the indication information of the reference signal in time, and the network device may not be able to change the sending status of the reference signal in time, which will increase resource overhead, reduce resource utilization efficiency, and increase Power consumption of large network devices.
  • the indication information of reference signals carried by PEI may also occupy additional time-frequency resources and increase Resource overhead increases the power consumption of network devices and reduces resource utilization efficiency.
  • this embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method.
  • this method by using SSB to carry indication information to indicate the availability status of reference signal resources, resource overhead can be saved, resource utilization can be improved, and resource utilization can also be saved.
  • UE power consumption by using SSB to carry indication information to indicate the availability status of reference signal resources, resource overhead can be saved, resource utilization can be improved, and resource utilization can also be saved.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution entity executing the communication method is a terminal device.
  • the terminal device is, for example, a mobile phone, a software module, a hardware module, a chip or a chip system in a vehicle. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S1601, S1602, and S1603. Each step in the method shown in FIG. 16 will be described in detail below.
  • the terminal device receives configuration information sent from the network device, where the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources.
  • the terminal device receives the first SSB sent from the network device, where the first SSB carries second information, where the second information is used to indicate an available state of at least one of the configured reference signal resources.
  • the PBCH included in the first SSB may carry the second information.
  • the PBCH carries the second information, which may also be described as the SSB carrying the second information. It should be understood that the SSB carries the second information, which means that the PBCH included in the SSB carries the second information.
  • the terminal device receives reference signals on part or all of the reference signal resources whose availability status is available among the reference signal resources.
  • the terminal device does not receive reference signals on unavailable reference signal resources among the reference signal resources.
  • the terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; defined, the first information element represents the second information.
  • the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5)
  • the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
  • Fig. 17 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution entity executing the communication method is a network device.
  • the network device is, for example, a base station, a distributed unit, and the like. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S1701, S1702, and S1703.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources.
  • the network device sends a first SSB to the terminal device, where the first SSB carries second information, where the second information is used to indicate an available state of at least one of the configured reference signal resources.
  • the PBCH included in the first SSB may carry the second information.
  • the PBCH carries the second information, which may also be described as the SSB carrying the second information. It should be understood that the SSB carries the second information, which means that the PBCH included in the SSB carries the second information.
  • the network device sends a reference signal on a reference signal resource whose availability status is available among the reference signal resources.
  • the network device does not send a reference signal on the unavailable reference signal resources among the reference signal resources.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, Then the first information element represents the second information.
  • the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5)
  • the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
  • the period of the time window is equal to the length of the time window.
  • the period of the time window and the duration of the time window may be predefined by network device configuration or protocol.
  • the period of the time window is equal to the default DRX period, or the paging DRX period of the UE.
  • the start of each time window (or the start of each cycle) in the periodic time window may be indicated by the network device, or pre-defined by the protocol.
  • the network device may be configured with a cycle offset, which is used to determine the start of each cycle in the cycle time window.
  • the start of each time window in the periodic time window is also the start of each cycle.
  • the first SSB is located in the second time window
  • at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the third time window
  • the third time window is located after the second time window
  • the three time windows are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the second time window and the length of the third time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  • the second information carried by the first SSB in the second time window is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources in the third time window.
  • the SSB has a certain period, and the reference signal also has a certain period.
  • the second information carried by different SSBs within the second time window is the same.
  • the UE may receive the reference signal on the reference signal resources in the third time window; if the second information indicates that the reference signal resources in the third time window are not available , the UE does not receive the reference signal on the reference signal resource in the second time window.
  • available states of the reference signal resources at different sending opportunities of the reference signal resources in the third time window are the same.
  • the first SSB is located in the second time window
  • at least one of the reference signal resources is also located in the second time window
  • the second time window is a plurality of time windows included in the periodic time window For any one of the time windows, the length of the second time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  • the second information carried by the first SSB in the second time window is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources in the second time window.
  • the second information carried by different SSBs within the second time window is the same.
  • the UE may receive the reference signal on the reference signal resources in the second time window; if the second information indicates that the reference signal resources in the second time window are not available , the UE does not receive the reference signal on the reference signal resource in the second time window.
  • available states of the reference signal resources at different sending opportunities of the reference signal resources in the second time window are the same.
  • At least one of the reference signal resources is located in a fourth time window; wherein, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the first SSB, or, the fourth time
  • the start time of the window is the same as the end time of the SS burst set where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the fourth time window
  • the start time of the window is the same as the end time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the next time slot of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the fourth time window
  • the start time of the window is the same as the end time of the half frame where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the half frame where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window The start
  • the end time of an SS burst set is the end time of the last SSB included in the SS burst set.
  • the second information carried by the first SSB is used to indicate an available state of at least one of the reference signal resources in the fourth time window.
  • the length of the fourth time window may be indicated by the second information, or pre-indicated/configured by the network device, or pre-defined by the protocol.
  • the network device may indicate or pre-define the length of the fourth time window by the protocol, Or, optionally, the network device may indicate or predefine an end time of the fourth time window by agreement.
  • the time domain position of the fourth time window relative to the first SSB may be indicated by a network device, or predefined by a protocol.
  • the length of the fifth duration may be indicated by a network device, or predefined by a protocol.
  • the fifth duration is related to the processing time of the terminal device on the SSB, and the fifth duration is greater than or equal to the processing time of the terminal device on the SSB.
  • the processing time of the terminal device for the SSB includes at least one of the following: processing time of the PSS/SSS, decoding time of the PBCH, parsing time of the PBCH, and the like.
  • the start of the fourth time window is the same as the end of the SS burst set where the first SSB is located, and the end of the fourth time window is the same as the start of the first PO.
  • the first SSB is the SSB in the third SS burst set before the first PO
  • the start time of the fourth time window is located before the first PO, and is separated from the start time of the first PO by a period of time 1.
  • the length of the fourth time window is duration 2.
  • FIG. 20 Exemplarily, a schematic diagram of this embodiment is shown in FIG. 20 , the second information carried by the SSB in the third SS burst set before the PO is used to indicate the available status of the reference signal resource in the fourth time window.
  • parameters such as the cycle of reference signal resources and the time-frequency resources used can be pre-configured by network equipment, for example, configured by system messages, such as SIB1, or other SIBs, such as SIB2, or configured by RRC signaling in RRC connected state.
  • the reference signal includes at least one of the following: channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS).
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • TRS tracking reference signal
  • the reference signal resource may be the reference signal resource configured for the UE in the RRC connected state.
  • the reference signal resources include at least one of the following: periodic reference signal resources, or semi-persistent (semi-persistent) reference signal resources.
  • the network device For UEs in the RRC connected state, if the network device is configured with periodic reference signal resources, the network device will send reference signals on the periodic reference signal resources without other signaling activation. If the network device is configured with semi-persistent reference signal resources, the network device also needs to activate the semi-persistent reference signal resources through MAC CE signaling, and then the network device will send reference signals on the activated semi-persistent reference signal resources, and in addition , the network device can also deactivate the semi-persistent reference signal resource through MAC CE signaling.
  • the second information indicates the availability status of the reference signal resource, including: the second information indicates that the reference signal resource is available, unavailable, or whether it is available.
  • the second information indicating that the reference signal resource is available, or unavailable, or whether it is available means that the second information indicates that the availability state of the reference signal resource is available, unavailable, or whether it is available.
  • Available reference signal resources indicate that the network device will send a reference signal on the reference signal resource.
  • the UE can receive the reference signal on the reference signal resource, and can perform time-frequency synchronization and/or measurement based on the reference signal.
  • Reference signal resource unavailable means that the network device does not or may not send reference signals on reference signal resources. At this time, UE does not receive reference signals on reference signal resources, and can realize time-frequency synchronization and/or measurement by receiving SSB.
  • the second information indicates whether the available state of the reference signal resource is available. For example, in an implementation manner, the second information is used to indicate that some of the reference signal resources in the configured reference signal resources are available and some of the reference signal resources are unavailable. In yet another implementation manner, the second information is used to indicate that all the reference signal resources in the configured reference signal resources are available, or all the reference signal resources are unavailable.
  • the second information indicates that the available state of the reference signal resource is available.
  • the second information is used to indicate that some of the configured reference signal resources are available.
  • the protocol predefines or the network device configures the availability status of the reference signal resources that are not indicated by the second information as being available. For example, the available state of the reference signal resources not indicated by the second information as available among the reference signal resources is unavailable.
  • the second information indicates that the available state of the reference signal resource is unavailable.
  • the second information is used to indicate that some of the configured reference signal resources are unavailable.
  • the protocol predefines or the network device configures an availability status of reference signal resources that are not indicated as unavailable by the second information. For example, the available state of the reference signal resources not indicated by the second information as unavailable among the reference signal resources is available.
  • the reference signal resource may be used by the terminal device to perform at least one of the following functions: time-frequency tracking, beam management, RRM measurement, RLM measurement, and CSI measurement.
  • the network device can more flexibly determine the sending of the reference signal, and notify the UE of the available status of the reference signal resource in a more timely manner without relying on the PEI/paging PDCCH/paging PDSCH send. Therefore, resource overhead can also be saved, resource utilization efficiency can be improved, and power consumption of network devices can be reduced.
  • the UE itself needs to receive the SSB, which can prevent the UE from receiving PEI/paging PDCCH/paging PDSCH for the indication information of the reference signal, which reduces the UE process and saves UE power consumption.
  • the second information may also indicate the available state of the reference signal resource at the beam granularity.
  • quasi co-location can be configured between different reference signals, or between different reference signal resources, or between different antenna ports (antenna ports). relation. If two antenna ports have a QCL relationship, it indicates that the large-scale channel fading parameters calculated from one port can infer the large-scale channel fading parameters experienced by the other port, wherein the large-scale channel fading parameters include at least one of the following parameters : delay spread, doppler spread, doppler shift, average gain, average delay or spatial Rx parameters ).
  • the QCL relationship can usually be configured through a transmission configuration indication (TCI) state.
  • TCI state can be associated with one or two reference signals other than the reference signal as the QCL source reference signal, and configure the QCL type between the current reference signal antenna port and the source reference signal.
  • TCI transmission configuration indication
  • the NR protocol supports the configuration of four QCL types, namely QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, QCL-TypeC, and QCL-TypeD.
  • QCL QCL relationship between the two reference signals (or reference signal resources) mentioned in this application, or QCL, which can indicate the QCL between the two reference signals (or reference signal resources).
  • the relationship is one or more of QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, QCL-TypeC or QCL-TypeD.
  • the QCL relationship between the reference signal resource and the SSB can be configured.
  • the first SSB carries second information
  • the second information is used to indicate an available state of at least one reference signal resource that has a QCL relationship with the first SSB among the configured reference signal resources.
  • the second information is used to indicate whether a reference signal resource having a QCL relationship with the first SSB among the configured reference signal resources is available.
  • an SS burst set includes 2 actually transmitted SSBs, called SSB#0 and SSB#1, and reference signal resources include RS#0 and RS#1, where RS#0 and SSB#0 have QCL RS#1 and SSB#1 have a QCL relationship, the second information carried by SSB#0 is used to indicate the available state of RS#0, and the second information carried by SSB#1 is used to indicate the available state of RS#1.
  • the first SSB carries second information
  • the second information is used to indicate at least one reference signal resource that has a QCL relationship with all actually transmitted SSBs included in one SS burst set in the configured reference signal resources available status.
  • the second information is used to indicate whether reference signal resources having a QCL relationship with all actually transmitted SSBs included in one SS burst set among the configured reference signal resources are available.
  • an SS burst set includes 2 actually transmitted SSBs, called SSB#0 and SSB#1, and reference signal resources include RS#0 and RS#1, where RS#0 and SSB#0 have QCL RS#1 and SSB#1 have a QCL relationship, the second information carried by SSB#0 is used to indicate the usable state of RS#0 and the usable state of RS#1 respectively, and the second information carried by SSB#1 is used to respectively Indicates the availability status of RS#0 and the availability status of RS#1.
  • implementations such as the effective time of the second information described in the above embodiment are also applicable to this embodiment.
  • the second information is used to indicate whether the reference signal resources in the fourth time window are available, which will not be repeated here.
  • Indicating the available status of reference signal resources from the beam granularity is beneficial to the terminal equipment to determine the transmission status of the reference signal more flexibly, and also helps the terminal equipment to know the available status of the reference signal resources more accurately, which is conducive to saving network equipment resources and improving Resource utilization efficiency, and reduce UE power consumption.
  • the above is a reinterpretation of the information carried by the PBCH payload of non-CD-SSB, indicating some new functions, and the new functions may also include indicating the period of SSB.
  • the period of the SSB is configured semi-statically. Once the period of the SSB is configured, generally, the network device will not frequently change the period of the SSB.
  • the indication information of the SSB cycle is carried by SIB1, or carried by the RRC message in the RRC connected state. If the period of SSB is changed through SIB1, it means that the system information changes, and the network device will update the information of SIB1, and the UE needs to acquire SIB1 again.
  • the change of the system information is indicated by the DCI carried by the paging PDCCH, that is, in order to change the period of the SSB, the UE needs to receive the paging PDCCH first, and then obtain the system information again.
  • SIB1 has changed or other system information blocks (such as SIB2, etc.) have also changed. Therefore, the UE will not only re-acquire SIB1, but also re-acquire SIB2 and other system information blocks. message block.
  • the network device not only needs to update the SIB1 information, but also needs to send the paging PDCCH, which will increase resource overhead and power consumption of the network device. Since the UE not only reacquires the SIB1, but also receives the paging PDCCH and obtains other SIBs (such as SIB2, etc.), which will also increase the power consumption of the UE.
  • the SSB cycle can be changed through the RRC message in the RRC connection state.
  • the RRC message is carried by the PDSCH and needs to occupy a large time-frequency resource. If the SSB cycle is changed frequently, it will increase resource overhead. In addition, the UE needs to obtain RRC messages frequently, which also increases the power consumption of the UE.
  • non-CD-SSB is mainly used for time-frequency synchronization and measurement, and when UE has less or no business, non-CD-SSB can be a longer period, or even stop sending, which can save resource overhead and reduce network equipment power consumption.
  • the period of the SSB may not be changed in time, which will increase resource overhead and increase power consumption of network equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method.
  • this method by using SSB bearer indication information to indicate the period of SSB, the period of SSB can be more matched with the demand, saving resource overhead, and reducing power consumption of network equipment.
  • the information carried by the SSB indicates the change of the cycle, and the network replacement device can change the SSB cycle more flexibly and in a timely manner, saving resource overhead.
  • Fig. 21 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution entity executing the communication method is a terminal device.
  • the terminal device is, for example, a mobile phone, a software module, a hardware module, a chip or a chip system in a vehicle. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S2101 and S2102. Each step in the method shown in FIG. 21 will be described in detail below.
  • the terminal device receives the first SSB sent from the network device, where the first SSB carries third information, and the third information is used to indicate a period of the second SSB.
  • the PBCH included in the first SSB may carry the third information.
  • the PBCH carries the third information, which may also be described as the SSB carrying the third information. It should be understood that the SSB carries the third information, and here it means that the PBCH included in the SSB carries the third information.
  • the terminal device According to the period of the second SSB, the terminal device receives the second SSB.
  • the terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; It is defined that the first information element represents the third information.
  • the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5)
  • the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
  • Fig. 22 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject that executes the communication method is a network device.
  • the network device is, for example, a base station, a distributed unit, and the like. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S2201 and S2202.
  • the network device sends a first SSB to the terminal device, where the first SSB carries third information, and the third information is used to indicate a period of the second SSB.
  • the PBCH included in the first SSB may carry the third information.
  • the PBCH carries the third information, which may also be described as the SSB carrying the third information. It should be understood that the SSB carries the third information, and here it means that the PBCH included in the SSB carries the third information.
  • the network device According to the period of the second SSB, the network device sends the second SSB.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, The first information element represents the third information.
  • the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5)
  • the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
  • the period of the time window is equal to the length of the time window; where the period of the time window can be configured by the network device or predefined by the protocol.
  • the start of each time window (or the start of each cycle) in the periodic time window may be indicated by the network device, or predefined by the protocol.
  • the network device may be configured with a cycle offset, and the cycle offset is used to determine the start of each cycle in the cycle time window.
  • the start of each time window in the cycle time window is also the start of each cycle.
  • the first SSB is located in the fifth time window
  • the second SSB is located in the sixth time window
  • the third information is used to indicate the period of the SSB in the sixth time window
  • the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window
  • the window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the plurality of time windows included in the periodic time window, and the lengths of the fifth time window and the sixth time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  • the SSB period in the fifth time window is 20 milliseconds
  • any SSB in the fifth time window will carry third information
  • the third information is used to indicate that the period of the SSB in the sixth time window is 40 milliseconds
  • the protocol may stipulate or the UE may assume the default period of the SSB period, for example, the default period is 20 milliseconds, or 160 milliseconds, once the UE receives a SSB, the third information can be received, and then, the UE can determine the period of the SSB in the next time window.
  • the UE may assume that the time-frequency resource position of the SSB is determined according to the default period, and the network device must send the SSB.
  • the period of the time window is longer than the length of the time window, as shown in FIG. 25 .
  • the start of each time window (or the start of each cycle) in the periodic time window may be indicated by the network device, or pre-defined by the protocol.
  • the network device may be configured with a cycle offset, which is used to determine the start of each cycle in the cycle time window.
  • the start of each time window in the periodic time window is also the start of each cycle.
  • the first SSB is located in the fifth time window
  • the second SSB is located after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window
  • the third information is used to indicate the period of the SSB after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window
  • the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window
  • the fifth time window and the sixth time window are adjacent two time windows in the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window
  • the length of the fifth time window and the length of the sixth time window The six time windows have the same length and are shorter than the period of the periodic time window.
  • the period of the SSB in each time window is 20 milliseconds, that is, the period of the SSB in the fifth time window and the sixth time window is 20 milliseconds
  • the fifth time window indicates that after the fifth time window and under The period of the SSB before a time window is 40 milliseconds
  • the sixth time window indicates that the period of the SSB after the sixth time window and before the next time window is 40 milliseconds, as shown in FIG. 26 .
  • the period of the SSB in each time window can be pre-configured by the network device, for example, the period of the SSB in the time window is indicated by SIB1 signaling, or by DCI (such as DCI scheduling SIB1), MAC CE, other SIBs ( For example, at least one indication in SIB2), RRC signaling in the RRC connected state; or a protocol is predefined, for example, the SSB period in the time window is defined as 20 milliseconds.
  • SIB1 signaling or by DCI (such as DCI scheduling SIB1), MAC CE, other SIBs ( For example, at least one indication in SIB2), RRC signaling in the RRC connected state; or a protocol is predefined, for example, the SSB period in the time window is defined as 20 milliseconds.
  • each time window may include one or more SSB periods, that is, include one or more SS burst sets.
  • the third information carried by the SSBs in each SS burst set in a periodic time window is the same.
  • both the first SSB and the second SSB are non-CD-SSB.
  • the first SSB and the second SSB are located on the same carrier.
  • the beam patterns of the first SSB and the second SSB are the same, that is, the number of SSBs actually sent included in one SS burst set is the same, and the SSBs actually sent included in one SS burst set are at The OFDM symbols in a field have the same relative position in the field.
  • the positions of the first SSB and the second SSB are the same in the half frame, for example, both are located in the first half frame or the second half frame of a radio frame.
  • the specific time domain position of the second SSB may be determined through an instruction of a network device or determined by a rule defined in advance in a protocol.
  • Example 1 For different SSB periods, the network device may indicate or predefine the SSB period offsets by agreement, and the SSB period offsets corresponding to different SSB periods may be the same or different.
  • the cycle offset of the SSB the specific time domain position of the second SSB can be determined, for example, the radio frame number and/or half frame position (the first half frame or the second half frame of the radio frame) where the second SSB is located can be determined.
  • the network device may indicate or predefine by agreement the time offset of the second SSB relative to a specific moment.
  • the third information carried by the first SSB in the fifth time window is used to indicate the period of the second SSB in the sixth time window, then the specific moment is the start time of the sixth time window, and the network device may indicate or The protocol predefines the time offset between the first SS burst set within the sixth time window and the start time of the sixth time window. In this way, the specific time domain position of the second SSB within the sixth time window can be determined.
  • the third information carried by the first SSB in the fifth time window is used to indicate the period of the second SSB after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window, then the specific moment is the end time of the fifth time window
  • the network device may indicate or pre-define a time offset between the first SS burst set after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window relative to the end time of the fifth time window. In this way, the specific time domain position of the second SSB can be determined.
  • the first SSB carries third information, and the third information is used to indicate whether the second SSB exists.
  • Example 1 the first SSB is located in the fifth time window, the second SSB is located in the sixth time window, the third information is used to indicate whether the SSB in the sixth time window exists, and the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window,
  • the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the plurality of time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the fifth time window and the length of the sixth time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window .
  • Example 2 The first SSB is located in the fifth time window, the second SSB is located after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window, and the third information is used to indicate that the SSB is located after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window Whether the SSB exists, the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window, the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the fifth time window The length is the same as the length of the sixth time window, and is smaller than the period of the periodic time window.
  • Example 3 The first SSB carries the third information.
  • the third information When the third information is set to the first state, it means that the second SSB does not exist.
  • the third information is set to the second state, it means that the period of the second SSB is Period#1.
  • the third information When the third information is set to the third state, it indicates that the period of the second SSB is Period#2.
  • the third information indicates that the period of the second SSB within a time period is greater than the time period, then the second SSB may not exist within the time period.
  • the period of the SSB can be more matched with the demand, which can save the resource overhead of the SSB, improve resource utilization efficiency, and reduce power consumption of network equipment.
  • the network device can be more flexible and timely Changing the SSB period does not need to indicate the change of the SSB period through the SIB1 or the RRC message in the RRC connection state, which can save resource overhead, improve resource utilization efficiency, and reduce power consumption of network equipment.
  • it can prevent the UE from executing the system message change process, or prevent the UE from entering the RRC connected state to receive the RRC message indicating the change of the SSB cycle, which can save the power consumption of the UE.
  • any two or three of the first information, second information, and third information mentioned in the above embodiments may be located in the SSB of the same SS burst set,
  • the SSBs may also be located in different SS burst sets;
  • the fifth time window and the sixth time window may also be the same as the second time window and the third time window respectively, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first SSB is located in the second time window
  • at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the third time window
  • the second SSB is also located in the third time window
  • the third time window is located after the second time window
  • the second time window and the third time window are adjacent two time windows in the plurality of time windows included in the periodic time window
  • the length of the second time window and the length of the third time window are equal to that of the periodic time window cycle.
  • the second information carried by the first SSB in the second time window is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources in the third time window
  • the third information carried by the first SSB is used to indicate The period of the SSB within the third time window.
  • the first SSB includes the SSB in the Nth SS burst set before the first PO, where N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; or, the first SSB includes the first SS burst
  • the SSB in the transmission set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the same as The set of SS bursts with the shortest interval between the first POs.
  • the first information carried by the first SSB is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device in the first PO
  • the second information carried by the first SSB is used to indicate the number of reference signal resources in the fourth time window At least one usable state, wherein, the implementation manner of the fourth time window is as described in the above embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information, the second information, and/or the third information.
  • the redefinable first information element includes at least one of the following:
  • SubCarrierSpacingCommon ssb-SubcarrierOffset
  • dmrs-TypeA-Position dmrs-TypeA-Position
  • pdcch-ConfigSIB1 cellBarred
  • 1 bit of reserved spare 1 bit of reserved spare.
  • the 1 bit of intraFreqReselection in the MIB signaling can also be used for redefinition.
  • bit5, bit6 and bit7 in the information elements included in the non-high layer signaling in the PBCH payload can also be used for redefinition.
  • the redefinable first information element includes at least one of the following kind:
  • SubCarrierSpacingCommon dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, and 1 bit of reserved spare.
  • the 1 bit of intraFreqReselection in the MIB signaling can also be used for redefinition.
  • bit6 and bit7 in the information elements included in the non-high layer signaling in the PBCH payload can also be used for redefinition.
  • Example 3 In the high-level signaling in the PBCH payload, if BCCH-BCH-MessageType is set to mib, and k SSB is set to 30 in FR1, and is set to 14 in FR2, and 8 bits of pdcch-ConfigSIB1 are set to the first state,
  • the first state is one of the states from 0 to 255, and the redefinable first information element includes at least one of the following:
  • SubCarrierSpacingCommon dmrs-TypeA-Position, cellBarred, and 1 bit of reserved spare.
  • the 1 bit of intraFreqReselection in the MIB signaling can also be used for redefinition.
  • bit6 and bit7 in the information elements included in the non-high layer signaling in the PBCH payload can also be used for redefinition.
  • the redefinable first information element further includes at least one of the following: the information element systemFrameNumber included in the MIB; bit0 to bit7 (as described in Table 5). If the information element used to determine the SFN in the load of the PBCH (that is, the information element systemFrameNumber included in the MIB and the information elements bit0 to bit3 included in the non-higher layer signaling in the load of the PBCH), the information element used to determine the SSB half frame (i.e.
  • At least one of the information element bit4 included in the PBCH load that is not included in the high-level signaling), the information element used to determine the SSB index (that is, the information element bit5 to bit7 included in the PBCH load in the PBCH load in FR2) is used for If it is redefined, the UE may determine the SFN, SSB half frame, and/or SSB index according to the CD-SSB (ie, the SSB used when the UE initially accesses the cell).
  • Example 1 to Example 3 the first SSB may or may not be located in the sync raster, without limitation.
  • indication information may also be carried in other signaling to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined.
  • Other signaling includes at least one of the following: SIB1, DCI for scheduling SIB1, MIB, other SIBs except SIB1 (such as SIB2, etc.), RRC signaling in RRC connected state, and the like.
  • the PBCH is used to carry the first information, the second information, and/or the third information.
  • the PSS and/or SSS included in the Non-CD-SSB may also be used to carry the first information, the second information, and/or the third information.
  • the SSS included in the first SSB is used to carry the first information, and different SSS sequences represent different states.
  • SSS is the first sequence, indicating that there is paging at the first PO
  • SSS is the second sequence, indicating that there is no paging at the first PO.
  • the network device may indicate or predefine the number of sequences and specific sequences representing the first information, the second information, and/or the third information in advance by agreement.
  • the SSS included in the first SSB is used to carry the first information, and if eight kinds of sequences can represent the first information, then the SSS can be set as one of the eight kinds of sequences.
  • the first sequence to the eighth sequence are used to represent the first information, and SSS is set to the first sequence, indicating that there is no paging in the first PO, and the terminal equipment on the first PO does not need to monitor the paging PDCCH;
  • SSS If it is set to the second sequence, it means that all terminal devices on the first PO are paged, and all terminal devices on the first PO will monitor the paging PDCCH in the first PO;
  • SSS is set to the nth sequence, it means that the There is a paging of the terminal equipment group (n-2) in a PO, wherein, n is an integer greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 8, then the UE in the terminal equipment group (n-2) monitors the paging PDCCH on the first PO , other UEs on the
  • the SSS may also be set to a sequence other than the eight sequences, and at this time, the SSS does not represent the first information.
  • the terminal device can obtain the first information, the second information, and/or only by determining the sequence of the PSS and/or SSS Or the third information may not parse the PBCH, thereby saving power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the first SSB is a non-CD-SSB, and the first SSB is not located in The sync raster of the SSB, that is, the first SSB is located at a frequency other than the sync raster of the SSB.
  • the first SSB will not be searched by NR normal UE and NR traditional UE (that is, Legacy UE) when searching for SSB, which can avoid increasing the time delay of NR normal UE and traditional UE in cell search and access and avoid increasing UE energy loss.
  • the PSS and/or SSS included in the first SSB may carry at least one of the first information, the second information and the third information at the same time as the redefined information element in the PBCH included in the first SSB.
  • the SSS included in the first SSB is used to indicate whether paging exists in the first PO, and if the SSS indicates that paging exists in the first PO, the redefined information element in the PBCH payload included in the first SSB is used to Indicates whether at least one of the group of end-devices on the first PO is paged.
  • the terminal devices on the first PO are divided into multiple terminal device groups. For example, the SSS indicates that there is paging at the first PO, and the redefined information element in the PBCH payload indicates that terminal device group 1 on the first PO is paged, and terminal device group 2 is not paged.
  • the SSS included in the first SSB is used to carry the first information, that is, to indicate whether there is paging in the first PO
  • the redefined information element #1 in the PBCH payload included in the first SSB is used to carry the first
  • the second information is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources.
  • the redefined information element #2 in the PBCH payload included in the first SSB is used to carry the third information, that is, to indicate the period of the second SSB.
  • the PSS, SSS, and PBCH loads included in the non-CD-SSB can be fully utilized to improve resource utilization efficiency.
  • non-CD-SSB is configured in the communication system, such as narrow band Internet of things (narrow band-internet of things, NB-IoT) system, machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC) system, future next-generation communication system, etc.
  • narrow band Internet of things narrow band-internet of things, NB-IoT
  • machine type communication machine type communication
  • future next-generation communication system etc.
  • FIG. 27 shows a communication device 2700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2700 includes: a determining module 2701 , a receiving module 2702 and a monitoring module 2703 .
  • the determining module 2701 is used for the terminal device to determine the first SSB block, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB Including the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, where N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, and the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set.
  • An SS burst set is located before the first PO, the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set has the shortest interval with the first PO SS burst set, the first duration is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; the receiving module 2702 is used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB and obtain the first information from the first SSB; the monitoring module 2703 is used for if The first information indicates that there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO, and the terminal device monitors the paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH at the first PO.
  • the apparatus 2700 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 5 , for example, the determining module 2701 is configured to execute S501, the receiving module 2702 is configured to execute S502, and the monitoring module 2703 is configured to execute S503.
  • the receiving module 2702 is further configured to: the terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is Redefinition; if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
  • FIG. 28 shows a communication device 2800 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the device 2800 includes: a determining module 2801 and a sending module 2802 .
  • the determining module 2801 is used for the network device to determine the first SSB block, the first SSB carries the first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB Including the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, where N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, and the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set.
  • An SS burst set is located before the first PO, the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set has the shortest interval with the first PO
  • the first duration is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; the sending module 2802 is used for the network device to send the first SSB.
  • the apparatus 2800 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 8 , for example, the determining module 2801 is configured to execute S801, and the sending module 2802 is configured to execute S802.
  • the sending module 2802 is further configured to: the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined ; If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
  • the first SSB includes the SSBs in the Nth SS burst set to the N+M-1th SS burst set before the first PO, and the first SSB includes the first PO From the N-M+1 th SS burst set before the PO to the SSB in the N th SS burst set, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the first SSB includes at least one SSB in M1 consecutive SS burst sets, each SS burst set in the M1 consecutive SS burst sets is located before the first PO, and each SS The interval between the burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and M1 consecutive SS burst sets are included before the first PO and the interval between the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, And the SS burst set with the shortest interval from the first PO.
  • FIG. 29 shows a communication device 2900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2900 includes: a determining module 2901 , a receiving module 2902 and a monitoring module 2903 .
  • the determination module 2901 is used for the terminal device to determine the first SSB block, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB Include at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO; the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO The interval is equal to the third duration; or, the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the end position of the first time window The interval from the first PO is equal to the third duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; the receiving module 2902 is used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB and obtain the first information from the first SSB; the monitoring module 2903. If the first information indicates that there is paging of the terminal device at
  • the apparatus 2900 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 11 , for example, the determining module 2901 is configured to execute S1101, the receiving module 2902 is configured to execute S1102, and the monitoring module 2903 is configured to execute S1103.
  • the receiving module 2902 is also used for the terminal device to receive indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB has been repeated definition; if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
  • FIG. 30 shows a communication device 3000 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the device 3000 includes: a determining module 3001 and a sending module 3002 .
  • the determining module 3001 is used for the network device to determine the first SSB block, the first SSB carries the first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB Include at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO; the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO The interval is equal to the third duration; or, the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the end position of the first time window The interval from the first PO is equal to the third duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; the sending module 3002 is used for the network device to send the first SSB.
  • the apparatus 3000 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 13 , for example, the determining module 3001 is configured to execute S1301, and the sending module 3002 is configured to execute S1302.
  • the sending module 3002 is further configured for the network device to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
  • FIG. 31 shows a communication device 3100 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the device 3100 includes: a receiving module 3101 and a processing module 3102 .
  • the receiving module 3101 is used for the terminal device to receive configuration information sent from the network device, and the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources; the receiving module 3101 is also used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB sent by the network device, the first SSB The second information is carried in the second information, and the second information is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the configured reference signal resources;
  • the processing module 3102 is configured to determine the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources according to the second information; the receiving module 3101 is also configured to: if the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the terminal device in the reference signal resources The available state is that the reference signal is received on part or all of the available reference signal resources.
  • the receiving module 3101 is also used for the terminal device to receive indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB has been reconfigured.
  • the processing module 3102 is configured to determine whether the first information has been redefined according to the indication information, and if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the second information.
  • the apparatus 3100 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 16 , for example, the receiving module 3101 is configured to execute S1601, S1602, and S1603.
  • FIG. 32 shows a communication device 3200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 3100 includes: a sending module 3201 and a processing module 3202 .
  • the sending module 3201 is used for the network device to send configuration information to the terminal device, and the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources; the sending module 3201 is also used for the network device to send the first SSB to the terminal device, and the first SSB carries the second information, the second information is used to indicate the available status of at least one of the configured reference signal resources; the processing module 3202 is configured to determine the available status of at least one of the configured reference signal resources according to the second information; the sending module 3201 also uses If the available state of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the network device sends the reference signal on the reference signal resource whose available state is available among the reference signal resources.
  • the processing module 3202 is configured to determine whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; the sending module 3201 is also used for the network device to send indication information to the terminal device , the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the second information.
  • the apparatus 3200 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 17 , for example, the sending module 3201 is configured to execute S1701, S1702, and S1703.
  • the first SSB is located in the second time window
  • at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the third time window
  • the third time window is located after the second time window
  • the three time windows are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the second time window and the length of the third time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  • the first SSB is located in the second time window
  • at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the second time window
  • the second time window is one of the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window
  • the length of the second time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  • At least one of the reference signal resources is located in the fourth time window; wherein, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the first SSB, or, the start time of the fourth time window
  • the start time is the same as the end time of the SS burst set where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window
  • the time is the same as the end time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the next time slot of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the fourth time window is located at the first After one SSB and the interval between the start time of the fourth time window and the first SSB is equal to the fifth time length, or the start time of the fourth time window is after the first SSB and before the first paging occasion PO, the first An SSB
  • FIG. 33 shows a communication device 3300 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the device 3300 includes: a receiving module 3301 and a processing module 3302 .
  • the receiving module 3301 is used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB sent by the network device, the first SSB carries third information, and the third information is used to indicate the period of the second SSB;
  • the processing module 3302 is configured to determine the period of the second SSB according to the third information; the receiving module 3301 is further configured to receive the second SSB by the terminal device according to the period of the second SSB.
  • the processing module 3402 is configured to determine whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; the receiving module 3301 is also used for the terminal device to receive the information sent from the network device indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the third information.
  • the apparatus 3300 may be used to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 21 , for example, the receiving module 3301 is used to execute S2101 and S2102.
  • FIG. 34 shows a communication device 3400 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the device 3400 includes: a sending module 3401 .
  • the sending module 3401 is used for the network device to send the first synchronous broadcast block SSB to the terminal device, the first SSB carries the third information, and the third information is used to indicate the period of the second SSB; the sending module 3401 is also used for period, the network device sends the second SSB.
  • the sending module 3401 is further configured for the network device to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the third information.
  • the apparatus 3400 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 22 , for example, the sending module 3401 is configured to execute S2201 and S2202.
  • the first SSB is located in the fifth time window
  • the second SSB is located in the sixth time window
  • the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window
  • the fifth time window and the sixth time window are For two adjacent time windows among the plurality of time windows included in the periodic time window, the lengths of the fifth time window and the sixth time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  • the first SSB is located in the fifth time window
  • the second SSB is located after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window
  • the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window
  • the fifth time window The window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the fifth time window is the same as that of the sixth time window, and is shorter than the period of the periodic time window .
  • Fig. 35 is a schematic diagram of a device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the device shown in FIG. 35 can be used to execute the method described in any one of the foregoing embodiments.
  • an apparatus 3500 in this embodiment includes: a memory 3501 , a processor 3502 , a communication interface 3503 and a bus 3504 .
  • the memory 3501 , the processor 3502 , and the communication interface 3503 are connected to each other through a bus 3504 .
  • the memory 3501 may be a read only memory (read only memory, ROM), a static storage device, a dynamic storage device or a random access memory (random access memory, RAM).
  • the memory 3501 may store programs, and when the programs stored in the memory 3501 are executed by the processor 3502, the processor 3502 is configured to execute various steps of the methods shown in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the processor 3502 can adopt a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits, for executing related programs to Implement the various methods shown in the embodiments of this application.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the processor 3502 may also be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the method in the embodiment of the present application may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 3502 or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor 3502 can also be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processing, DSP), an ASIC, an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processing
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 3501, and the processor 3502 reads the information in the memory 3501, and combines its hardware to complete the functions required by the units included in the device of the present application.
  • the communication interface 3503 may use, but not limited to, a transceiving device such as a transceiver to implement communication between the device 3500 and other devices or communication networks.
  • a transceiving device such as a transceiver to implement communication between the device 3500 and other devices or communication networks.
  • the bus 3504 may include a pathway for transferring information between various components of the device 3500 (eg, memory 3501, processor 3502, communication interface 3503).
  • apparatus 3500 shown in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, or may also be a chip configured in the electronic device.
  • At least one means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • at least one item (unit) in a, b or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c or a-b-c, wherein a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • a unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and a component displayed as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are realized in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: various media capable of storing program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk.

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and a related apparatus. In the technical solution of the present application, a terminal device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carrying first information, the first information being used to indicate whether paging of the terminal device exists in a first PO, the first SSB comprising SSBs in an Nth SS burst set before the first PO, and N being a positive integer and configured by a network device or preset by a protocol, or the first SSB comprising SSBs in a first SS burst set located before the first PO, the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO being the shortest and said interval being greater than or equal to a first duration, and the first duration being configured by a network device or preset by a protocol; the terminal device receives the first SSB and acquires the first information; and if the first information indicates that the paging of the terminal device does exist in the first PO, then same monitors the paging of a PDCCH in the first PO. In the method, the position of the SSB carrying the first information is clarified, so that the terminal device and the network device may be aligned and understood.

Description

通信方法及相关装置Communication method and related device
本申请要求于2021年9月1日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202111023107.4、申请名称为“通信方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on September 1, 2021, with application number 202111023107.4, and application title "Communication Method and Related Devices", the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in this application .
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及通信方法及相关装置。The present application relates to the communication field, in particular to a communication method and a related device.
背景技术Background technique
用户设备(user equipment,UE)处于无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)空闲或不活跃(idle/inactive)态时,会在寻呼时机(paging occasion,PO)醒来监听寻呼信息,例如监听物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH),在PO监听的PDCCH也可称为寻呼PDCCH。但是并不是每个PO都会存在UE的寻呼信息,因此,为了避免UE在没有寻呼信息的PO醒来监听寻呼PDCCH以节省UE的功耗,本领域技术人员提出了如下技术方案:基站向UE发送指示信息,指示在PO是否存在寻呼信息;若该指示信息指示PO存在寻呼信息,则UE在PO醒来监听寻呼PDCCH;若该指示信息指示PO没有寻呼信息,则UE在PO继续处于睡眠状态,以节省功耗。When the user equipment (user equipment, UE) is in the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) idle or inactive (idle/inactive) state, it will wake up and monitor the paging information at the paging occasion (PO), for example Monitor a physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH). The PDCCH monitored at the PO may also be called a paging PDCCH. However, not every PO will have UE paging information. Therefore, in order to prevent the UE from waking up in POs without paging information and monitor the paging PDCCH to save UE power consumption, those skilled in the art have proposed the following technical solutions: base station Send indication information to the UE, indicating whether there is paging information in the PO; if the indication information indicates that there is paging information in the PO, the UE wakes up in the PO to monitor the paging PDCCH; if the indication information indicates that the PO has no paging information, the UE The PO continues to be in sleep state to save power.
目前,基站向UE发送指示PO是否存在UE的寻呼的指示信息一般通过现有的信道(例如寻呼PDCCH)或新增的信道/信号承载,这会增加资源开销,降低资源利用效率,并增加终端设备的功耗,因此,如何指示PO是否存在UE的寻呼,并提高资源利用效率、节省UE功耗成为亟待解决的技术问题。At present, the base station sends the indication information indicating whether there is a UE paging to the UE, which is usually carried by an existing channel (such as a paging PDCCH) or a new channel/signal, which will increase resource overhead, reduce resource utilization efficiency, and The power consumption of the terminal equipment is increased. Therefore, how to indicate whether there is UE paging in the PO, improve resource utilization efficiency, and save UE power consumption has become a technical problem to be solved urgently.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供通信方法及相关装置,本申请的技术方案可以节省资源开销,提高资源利用效率,降低设备功耗。The present application provides a communication method and a related device. The technical solution of the present application can save resource overhead, improve resource utilization efficiency, and reduce device power consumption.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法包括:终端设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在所述终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第N个同步信号SS突发集中的SSB,N为正整数且为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;或,所述第一SSB包括第一SS突发集中的SSB,所述第一SS突发集位于所述第一PO之前,所述第一SS突发集与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且,所述第一SS突发集为与所述第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集,所述第一时长为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;所述终端设备接收所述第一SSB,并从所述第一SSB中获取所述第一信息;若所述第一信息指示在所述第一PO存在所述终端设备的寻呼,则所述终端设备在所述第一PO监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH。In the first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a terminal device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate Whether there is paging of the terminal device at the paging time PO, the first SSB includes the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or the protocol preset; or, the first SSB includes an SSB in a first SS burst set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the first SS burst set is connected to the first SS burst set The interval between POs is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the SS burst set with the shortest interval between the first PO, and the first duration is configured by the network device or Protocol preset; the terminal device receives the first SSB, and obtains the first information from the first SSB; if the first information indicates that the terminal device exists in the first PO paging, the terminal device monitors a paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH at the first PO.
该方法中,通过网络设备配置或协议预设相关参数,终端设备确定了承载第一信息的SSB的位置,明确了终端设备何时监听第一信息,使网络设备和终端设备对齐理解,且该方法实现简单,可以节省终端设备成本。此外,通过周期性发送的SSB承载第一信息, 可以避免新增信道/信号去承载第一信息,可以节省资源开销,避免资源利用效率降低,终端设备只需要接收SSB就能获取第一信息,避免了接收其他信道/信号,可以节省终端设备的功耗。In this method, through network device configuration or protocol preset related parameters, the terminal device determines the position of the SSB that carries the first information, and specifies when the terminal device listens to the first information, so that the network device and the terminal device are aligned and understood, and the The method is simple to implement and can save the cost of terminal equipment. In addition, by periodically sending the SSB to carry the first information, it is possible to avoid adding new channels/signals to carry the first information, which can save resource overhead and avoid a reduction in resource utilization efficiency. The terminal device only needs to receive the SSB to obtain the first information. It avoids receiving other channels/signals, and can save the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate the Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the first information.
该实现方式中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的关于第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义的指示信息,明确了第一信元的功能,通过复用原有信元明确PBCH的载荷的定义,无需引入新的信令比特,节省信令开销。In this implementation, the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device about whether the first cell in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined, clarifies the function of the first cell, and multiplexes the original The cell clearly defines the load of the PBCH, without introducing new signaling bits, which saves signaling overhead.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法包括:网络设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第N个同步信号SS突发集中的SSB,N为正整数且为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;或,所述第一SSB包括第一SS突发集中的SSB,所述第一SS突发集位于所述第一PO之前,所述第一SS突发集与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且,所述第一SS突发集为与所述第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集,所述第一时长为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;所述网络设备发送所述第一SSB。In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a network device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate Whether there is paging of the terminal device at the paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, and N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol. set; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the first SS burst set and the first PO The interval between them is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the SS burst set with the shortest interval with the first PO, and the first duration is configured by the network device or the protocol Preset; the network device sends the first SSB.
该方法中,通过网络设备配置或协议预设相关参数,网络设备确定了承载第一信息的SSB的位置,并将该SSB发送给终端设备,使网络设备和终端设备对齐理解。In this method, through network device configuration or protocol preset related parameters, the network device determines the position of the SSB carrying the first information, and sends the SSB to the terminal device, so that the network device and the terminal device can be aligned and understood.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the network device sending indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the PBCH included in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the payload is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the first information.
该实现方式中,网络设备向终端设备发送关于第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义的指示信息,明确了第一信元的功能,通过复用原有信元明确PBCH的载荷的定义,无需引入新的信令比特,节省信令开销。In this implementation, the network device sends to the terminal device indication information about whether the first cell in the PBCH payload included in the first SSB has been redefined, which clarifies the function of the first cell, and reuses the original cell The definition of the load of the PBCH is not clear, and no new signaling bits need to be introduced, which saves signaling overhead.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的所述第N个SS突发集至第N+M-1个SS突发集中的SSB,或,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第N-M+1个SS突发集至所述第N个SS突发集中的SSB,所述M为大于或等于2的正整数。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first SSB includes the Nth SS burst set to the N+M-1th SS burst set before the first PO The SSB in the transmission set, or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the N-M+1th SS burst set to the Nth SS burst set before the first PO, and the M is greater than or A positive integer equal to 2.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一SSB包括M1个连续的SS突发集中的至少一个SSB,所述M1个连续的SS突发集中每个SS突发集位于所述第一PO之前,且所述每个SS突发集与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于所述第一时长,且所述M1个连续的SS突发集中包含在所述第一PO之前、且与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于所述第一时长、且与所述第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first SSB includes at least one SSB in M1 consecutive SS burst sets, and each SS in the M1 consecutive SS burst sets The burst set is located before the first PO, and the interval between each SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the M1 consecutive SS burst sets An SS burst set that is before the first PO, and whose interval with the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and whose interval with the first PO is the shortest.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法包括:终端设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在所述终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB;所述第一时间窗的起始位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长;或,所述第一时间窗的起始位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;或, 所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;所述终端设备接收所述第一SSB,并从所述第一SSB中获取所述第一信息;若所述第一信息指示在所述第一PO存在所述终端设备的寻呼,则所述终端设备在所述第一PO监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH。In the third aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a terminal device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate Whether there is paging of the terminal device at the paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO; the starting position of the first time window is the same as the The interval between the first POs is equal to the second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the third duration; or, the start position of the first time window and the first PO are equal to the third duration; The interval between the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the third duration, the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; the terminal device receives the first SSB, and obtains the first information from the first SSB; if the first information indicates that the If there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO, the terminal device monitors a paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH at the first PO.
该方法中,通过网络设备配置或协议预设相关参数,终端设备确定了承载第一信息的SSB的位置,明确了终端设备何时监听第一信息,使网络设备和终端设备对齐理解,且该方法实现简单,可以节省终端设备成本。此外,通过周期性发送的SSB承载第一信息,可以避免新增信道/信号去承载第一信息,可以节省资源开销,避免资源利用效率降低,终端设备只需要接收SSB就能获取第一信息,避免了接收其他信道/信号,可以节省终端设备的功耗。In this method, through network device configuration or protocol preset related parameters, the terminal device determines the position of the SSB that carries the first information, and specifies when the terminal device listens to the first information, so that the network device and the terminal device are aligned and understood, and the The method is simple to implement and can save the cost of terminal equipment. In addition, by periodically sending the SSB to carry the first information, new channels/signals can be avoided to carry the first information, resource overhead can be saved, resource utilization efficiency can be avoided, and the terminal device can obtain the first information only by receiving the SSB. It avoids receiving other channels/signals, and can save the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
结合第三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving indication information sent from the network device, the indication information being used to indicate the PBCH included in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the payload is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the first information.
该实现方式中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的关于第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义的指示信息,明确了第一信元的功能,通过复用原有信元明确PBCH的载荷的定义,无需引入新的信令比特,节省信令开销。In this implementation, the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device about whether the first cell in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined, clarifies the function of the first cell, and multiplexes the original The cell clearly defines the load of the PBCH, without introducing new signaling bits, which saves signaling overhead.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法包括:网络设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB;所述第一时间窗的起始位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长;或,所述第一时间窗的起始位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;或,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;所述网络设备发送所述第一SSB。In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a network device determines a first SSB, and the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate that in the first Whether there is paging of the terminal device at the paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO; the starting position of the first time window is the same as the first The interval between POs is equal to a second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a third duration; or, the start position of the first time window is equal to the first PO The interval between one PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the third duration, The length of the first time window is a fourth time length; the network device sends the first SSB.
该方法中,通过网络设备配置或协议预设相关参数,网络设备确定了承载第一信息的SSB的位置,并将该SSB发送给终端设备,使网络设备和终端设备对齐理解。In this method, through network device configuration or protocol preset related parameters, the network device determines the position of the SSB carrying the first information, and sends the SSB to the terminal device, so that the network device and the terminal device can be aligned and understood.
结合第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the network device sending indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the PBCH included in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the payload is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the first information.
该实现方式中,网络设备向终端设备发送关于第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义的指示信息,明确了第一信元的功能,通过复用原有信元明确PBCH的载荷的定义,无需引入新的信令比特,节省信令开销。In this implementation, the network device sends to the terminal device indication information about whether the first cell in the PBCH payload included in the first SSB has been redefined, which clarifies the function of the first cell, and reuses the original cell The definition of the load of the PBCH is not clear, and no new signaling bits need to be introduced, which saves signaling overhead.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置参考信号资源;所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备发送的第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态;若根据所述第二信息确定所述参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态为可用,则所述终端设备在所述参考信号资源中可用状态为可用的参考信号资源的部分或全部上接收参考信号。In the fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method comprising: a terminal device receives configuration information sent from a network device, and the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources; the terminal device receives configuration information from the network device The first SSB sent by the device, where the first SSB carries second information, and the second information is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the configured reference signal resources; if according to the second The information determines that the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, and then the terminal device receives the reference signal on part or all of the reference signal resources whose availability status is available in the reference signal resources.
该方法中,由于SSB是周期性发送的,而第一SSB中承载的第二信息用于指示配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态,所以,网络设备可以据此更灵活的确定参考信 号的发送,及时通知终端设备参考信号资源是否可用,可以节省资源开销,提高资源利用率,降低网络设备功耗;此外,该方法还可以节省终端设备的功耗。In this method, since the SSB is sent periodically, and the second information carried in the first SSB is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the configured reference signal resources, the network device can determine the reference signal resource more flexibly according to this method. The transmission of the signal notifies the terminal device in time whether the reference signal resource is available, which can save resource overhead, improve resource utilization, and reduce power consumption of the network device; in addition, this method can also save power consumption of the terminal device.
结合第五方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第二信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the first SSB includes Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the second information.
该实现方式中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的关于第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义的指示信息,明确了第一信元的功能,通过复用原有信元明确PBCH的载荷的定义,无需引入新的信令比特,节省信令开销。In this implementation, the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device about whether the first cell in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined, clarifies the function of the first cell, and multiplexes the original The cell clearly defines the load of the PBCH, without introducing new signaling bits, which saves signaling overhead.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置参考信号资源;所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态;若根据所述第二信息确定所述参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态为可用,则所述网络设备在所述参考信号资源中可用状态为可用的参考信号资源上发送参考信号。In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a network device sends configuration information to a terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources; the network device sends a second A synchronous broadcast block SSB, where the first SSB carries second information, and the second information is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the configured reference signal resources; if it is determined according to the second information that the If the available state of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the network device sends the reference signal on the reference signal resource whose available state is available among the reference signal resources.
该方法中,由于SSB是周期性发送的,而第一SSB中承载的第二信息用于指示配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态,所以,网络设备可以据此更灵活的确定参考信号的发送,及时通知终端设备参考信号资源是否可用,可以节省资源开销,提高资源利用率,降低网络设备功耗。In this method, since the SSB is sent periodically, and the second information carried in the first SSB is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the configured reference signal resources, the network device can determine the reference signal resource more flexibly according to this method. The transmission of the signal notifies the terminal equipment in time whether the reference signal resource is available, which can save resource overhead, improve resource utilization, and reduce power consumption of network equipment.
结合第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第二信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the network device sending indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the PBCH included in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the payload is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the second information.
该实现方式中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的关于第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义的指示信息,明确了第一信元的功能,通过复用原有信元明确PBCH的载荷的定义,无需引入新的信令比特,节省信令开销。In this implementation, the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device about whether the first cell in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined, clarifies the function of the first cell, and multiplexes the original The cell clearly defines the load of the PBCH, without introducing new signaling bits, which saves signaling overhead.
结合第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一SSB位于第二时间窗内,所述参考信号资源中的至少一个位于第三时间窗内,所述第三时间窗位于所述第二时间窗之后,所述第二时间窗和所述第三时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,所述第二时间窗的长度和所述第三时间窗的长度等于所述周期性时间窗的周期。With reference to the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first SSB is located in a second time window, at least one of the reference signal resources is located in a third time window, and the third The time window is located after the second time window, the second time window and the third time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the second time window The length of the window and the length of the third time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
结合第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一SSB位于第二时间窗内,所述参考信号资源中的至少一个位于所述第二时间窗内,所述第二时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的任一个时间窗,所述第二时间窗的长度等于所述周期性时间窗的周期。With reference to the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first SSB is located in a second time window, at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the second time window, and the The second time window is any one of the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the second time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
结合第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述参考信号资源中的至少一个位于第四时间窗内;其中,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB的结束时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB所在的SS突发集的结束时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB所在的时隙的起始时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB所在的时隙的结束时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB所在时隙的下一个时隙的起始时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗位于所述第一SSB之后且所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB之间的间隔等 于第五时长,或所述第四时间窗的起始时间位于所述第一SSB之后且位于第一寻呼时机PO之前,所述第一SSB位于所述第一PO之前,所述第一PO是所述终端设备确定的用于监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH的PO。With reference to the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, at least one of the reference signal resources is located in a fourth time window; wherein, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the first The end time of an SSB is the same, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the SS burst set in which the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the The start time of the time slot where the first SSB is located is the same, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is The start time is the same as the start time of the next time slot of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or the fourth time window is located after the first SSB and the start time of the fourth time window is the same as The interval between the first SSBs is equal to the fifth duration, or the start time of the fourth time window is located after the first SSB and before the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB is located in the Before the first PO, the first PO is a PO determined by the terminal device for monitoring a paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第二SSB的周期;根据所述第二SSB的周期,所述终端设备接收所述第二SSB。In a seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a terminal device receives a first SSB sent from a network device, the first SSB carries third information, and the third information Used to indicate the period of the second SSB; according to the period of the second SSB, the terminal device receives the second SSB.
该方法中,由于SSB本身是周期性发送的,第一SSB是当前接收的SSB,第二SSB是当前SSB的后续SSB,通过第一SSB承载的第三信息指示第二SSB周期的变更,这样,网络设备可以更灵活的、更及时的改变SSB的周期,可以节省资源开销,提高资源利用效率,降低网络设备功耗,此外,该方法还可以节省终端设备的功耗。In this method, since the SSB itself is sent periodically, the first SSB is the currently received SSB, the second SSB is the subsequent SSB of the current SSB, and the third information carried by the first SSB indicates the change of the second SSB cycle, so , the network device can change the SSB period more flexibly and in a timely manner, which can save resource overhead, improve resource utilization efficiency, and reduce power consumption of the network device. In addition, this method can also save power consumption of the terminal device.
结合第七方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第三信息。With reference to the seventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the first SSB includes Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the third information.
该实现方式中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的关于第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义的指示信息,明确了第一信元的功能,通过复用原有信元明确PBCH的载荷的定义,无需引入新的信令比特,节省信令开销。In this implementation, the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device about whether the first cell in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined, clarifies the function of the first cell, and multiplexes the original The cell clearly defines the load of the PBCH, without introducing new signaling bits, which saves signaling overhead.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第二SSB的周期;根据所述第二SSB的周期,所述网络设备发送所述第二SSB。In an eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a network device sends a first SSB to a terminal device, the first SSB carries third information, and the third information is used for Indicates the period of the second SSB; according to the period of the second SSB, the network device sends the second SSB.
该方法中,由于SSB本身是周期性发送的,第一SSB是当前接收的SSB,第二SSB是当前SSB的后续SSB,通过第一SSB承载的第三信息指示第二SSB周期的变更,这样,网络设备可以更灵活的、更及时的改变SSB的周期,可以节省资源开销,提高资源利用效率,降低网络设备功耗。In this method, since the SSB itself is sent periodically, the first SSB is the currently received SSB, the second SSB is the subsequent SSB of the current SSB, and the third information carried by the first SSB indicates the change of the second SSB cycle, so , the network device can change the SSB period more flexibly and in a timely manner, which can save resource overhead, improve resource utilization efficiency, and reduce power consumption of the network device.
结合第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第三信息。With reference to the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the network device sending indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the PBCH included in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the payload is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the third information.
该实现方式中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的关于第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义的指示信息,明确了第一信元的功能,通过复用原有信元明确PBCH的载荷的定义,无需引入新的信令比特,节省信令开销。In this implementation, the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device about whether the first cell in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined, clarifies the function of the first cell, and multiplexes the original The cell clearly defines the load of the PBCH, without introducing new signaling bits, which saves signaling overhead.
结合第七方面或第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一SSB位于第五时间窗内,所述第二SSB位于第六时间窗内,所述第六时间窗位于所述第五时间窗之后,所述第五时间窗和所述第六时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,所述第五时间窗的长度和所述第六时间窗的长度等于所述周期性时间窗的周期。With reference to the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first SSB is located in the fifth time window, the second SSB is located in the sixth time window, and the sixth time window is located in the After the fifth time window, the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the fifth time window and The length of the sixth time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
结合第七方面或第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一SSB位于第五时间窗内,所述第二SSB位于所述第五时间窗之后且位于第六时间窗之前,所述第六时间窗位于所述第五时间窗之后,所述第五时间窗和所述第六时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,所述第五时间窗的长度和所述第六时间窗的长度相同,且小于所述周期性时间窗的周期。With reference to the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first SSB is located within a fifth time window, and the second SSB is located after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window , the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window, the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, The length of the fifth time window is the same as the length of the sixth time window, and is smaller than the period of the periodic time window.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置包括:确定模块,用于终端设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一 寻呼时机PO是否存在所述终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第N个同步信号SS突发集中的SSB,N为正整数且为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;或,所述第一SSB包括第一SS突发集中的SSB,所述第一SS突发集位于所述第一PO之前,所述第一SS突发集与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且,所述第一SS突发集为与所述第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集,所述第一时长为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;接收模块,用于所述终端设备接收所述第一SSB,并从所述第一SSB中获取所述第一信息;监听模块,用于若所述第一信息指示在所述第一PO存在所述终端设备的寻呼,则所述终端设备在所述第一PO监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH。In the ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a determining module, configured for a terminal device to determine a first simulcast broadcast block SSB, where the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used for Indicates whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, N is a positive integer and is the network Device configuration or protocol preset; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the first SS burst set The interval with the first PO is greater than or equal to a first duration, and the first SS burst set is the SS burst set with the shortest interval with the first PO, and the first duration is Configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; the receiving module is used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB and obtain the first information from the first SSB; the monitoring module is used for if the first SSB If information indicates that there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO, the terminal device monitors a paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH at the first PO.
结合第九方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述接收模块还用于所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the receiving module is further configured for the terminal device to receive indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the first SSB includes Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述装置包括:确定模块,用于网络设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第N个同步信号SS突发集中的SSB,N为正整数且为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;或,所述第一SSB包括第一SS突发集中的SSB,所述第一SS突发集位于所述第一PO之前,所述第一SS突发集与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且,所述第一SS突发集为与所述第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集,所述第一时长为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;发送模块,用于所述网络设备发送所述第一SSB。In a tenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device comprising: a determining module, configured for a network device to determine a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information uses In order to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, and N is a positive integer and is a network device Configured or preset by the protocol; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the first SS burst set and The interval between the first POs is greater than or equal to a first duration, and the first SS burst set is the SS burst set with the shortest interval between the first POs, and the first duration is the network Configured by the device or preset by the protocol; a sending module, configured for the network device to send the first SSB.
结合第十方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述发送模块还用于所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the sending module is further configured for the network device to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the PBCH included in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the payload is redefined; if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
结合第九方面或第十方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的所述第N个SS突发集至第N+M-1个SS突发集中的SSB,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第N-M+1个SS突发集至所述第N个SS突发集中的SSB,所述M为大于或等于2的正整数。With reference to the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first SSB includes the Nth SS burst set to the N+M-1th SS burst set before the first PO The SSB in the transmission set, the first SSB includes the SSB in the N-M+1th SS burst set to the Nth SS burst set before the first PO, and the M is greater than or equal to 2 positive integer of .
结合第九方面或第十方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一SSB包括M1个连续的SS突发集中的至少一个SSB,所述M1个连续的SS突发集中每个SS突发集位于所述第一PO之前,且所述每个SS突发集与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于所述第一时长,且所述M1个连续的SS突发集中包含在所述第一PO之前、且与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于所述第一时长、且与所述第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集。With reference to the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first SSB includes at least one SSB in M1 consecutive SS burst sets, and each SS in the M1 consecutive SS burst sets The burst set is located before the first PO, and the interval between each SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the M1 consecutive SS burst sets An SS burst set that is before the first PO, and whose interval with the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and whose interval with the first PO is the shortest.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述装置包括:确定模块,用于终端设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在所述终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB;所述第一时间窗的起始位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长;或,所述第一时间窗的起始位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;或,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;接收模块,用于所述终端设备接收所述第一SSB,并从所述第一SSB中获取所述第一信息;监听模块,用于若所述第一信息指示在所述第 一PO存在所述终端设备的寻呼,则所述终端设备在所述第一PO监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH。In an eleventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device comprising: a determining module, configured for a terminal device to determine a first simulcast broadcast block SSB, the first SSB carrying first information, and the first information Used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO; the first time window The interval between the starting position and the first PO is equal to a second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a third duration; or, the first time window The interval between the starting position of the first PO and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the distance between the end position of the first time window and the first PO The interval between is equal to the third time length, and the length of the first time window is the fourth time length; the receiving module is used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB, and obtain the first SSB from the first SSB information; a monitoring module, configured to, if the first information indicates that there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO, the terminal device monitors a paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH at the first PO.
结合第十一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述接收模块还用于所述终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。With reference to the eleventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the receiving module is further configured for the terminal device to receive indication information sent from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the first SSB includes Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the first information.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述装置包括:确定模块,用于网络设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB;所述第一时间窗的起始位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长;或,所述第一时间窗的起始位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;或,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;发送模块,用于所述网络设备发送所述第一SSB。In a twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device includes: a determining module, configured for a network device to determine a first simulcast broadcast block SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information Used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, the first SSB includes at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO; the start of the first time window The interval between the position and the first PO is equal to a second duration, the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a third duration; or, the start of the first time window The interval between the start position and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the distance between the end position of the first time window and the first PO The interval is equal to the third duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; a sending module, configured for the network device to send the first SSB.
结合第十二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述发送模块还用于:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。With reference to the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to: the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the first SSB includes Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述装置包括:接收模块,用于终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置参考信号资源;所述接收模块还用于所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备发送的第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态;若根据所述第二信息确定所述参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态为可用,则所述终端设备在所述参考信号资源中可用状态为可用的参考信号资源的部分或全部上接收参考信号。In a thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a receiving module, configured for a terminal device to receive configuration information sent from a network device, where the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources; the receiving module The module is also used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB sent by the network device, the first SSB carries second information, and the second information is used to indicate that in the configured reference signal resource The available status of at least one of the reference signal resources; if it is determined according to the second information that the available status of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the available status of the terminal device in the reference signal resources is an available reference signal resource Some or all of the received reference signals.
结合第十三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述接收模块还用于所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第二信息。With reference to the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the receiving module is further configured for the terminal device to receive indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that in the first SSB Whether the first information element included in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the second information.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述装置包括:发送模块,用于网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置参考信号资源;所述发送模块还用于所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态;若根据所述第二信息确定所述参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态为可用,则所述网络设备在所述参考信号资源中可用状态为可用的参考信号资源上发送参考信号。In a fourteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device including: a sending module, configured to send configuration information from a network device to a terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources; the sending module further Used for the network device to send a first simulcast broadcast block SSB to the terminal device, where the first SSB carries second information, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the configured reference signal resources Available state: if it is determined according to the second information that the available state of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the network device sends a reference signal on a reference signal resource whose available state is available among the reference signal resources .
结合第十四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述发送模块还用于所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第二信息。With reference to the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the sending module is further configured for the network device to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the second information.
结合第十三方面或第十四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一SSB位于第二时间窗内,所述参考信号资源中的至少一个位于第三时间窗内,所述第三时间窗位于所述第二时间窗之后,所述第二时间窗和所述第三时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,所述第二时间窗的长度和所述第三时间窗的长度等于所述周期性时间窗的周期。With reference to the thirteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first SSB is located in a second time window, at least one of the reference signal resources is located in a third time window, and the The third time window is located after the second time window, the second time window and the third time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, the first time window The length of the second time window and the length of the third time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
结合第十三方面或第十四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一SSB位于第二时间窗内,所述参考信号资源中的至少一个位于所述第二时间窗内,所述第二时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的任一个时间窗,所述第二时间窗的长度等于所述周期性时间窗的周期。With reference to the thirteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first SSB is located in a second time window, and at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the second time window, The second time window is any one of multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the second time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
结合第十三方面或第十四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述参考信号资源中的至少一个位于第四时间窗内;其中,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB的结束时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB所在的SS突发集的结束时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB所在的时隙的起始时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB所在的时隙的结束时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB所在时隙的下一个时隙的起始时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗位于所述第一SSB之后且所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB之间的间隔等于第五时长,或所述第四时间窗的起始时间位于所述第一SSB之后且位于第一寻呼时机PO之前,所述第一SSB位于所述第一PO之前,所述第一PO是所述终端设备确定的用于监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH的PO。With reference to the thirteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, at least one of the reference signal resources is located in a fourth time window; wherein, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the The end time of the first SSB is the same, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the SS burst set in which the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window The same as the start time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the fourth time window The start time of the window is the same as the start time of the next time slot of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the fourth time window is located after the first SSB and the start time of the fourth time window is The interval between the time and the first SSB is equal to the fifth duration, or the start time of the fourth time window is located after the first SSB and before the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB is located at Before the first PO, the first PO is a PO determined by the terminal device for monitoring a paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述装置包括:接收模块,用于终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第二SSB的周期;所述接收模块还用于根据所述第二SSB的周期,所述终端设备接收所述第二SSB。In a fifteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device comprising: a receiving module, configured for a terminal device to receive a first SSB sent from a network device, and the first SSB carries third information , the third information is used to indicate the period of the second SSB; the receiving module is further configured to receive the second SSB by the terminal device according to the period of the second SSB.
结合第十五方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述接收模块还用于所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第三信息。With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the receiving module is further configured for the terminal device to receive indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that in the first SSB Whether the first information element in the included PBCH payload is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the third information.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述装置包括:发送模块,用于网络设备向终端设备发送第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第二SSB的周期;所述发送模块还用于根据所述第二SSB的周期,所述网络设备发送所述第二SSB。In a sixteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device comprising: a sending module, configured for a network device to send a first SSB to a terminal device, where the first SSB carries third information, the The third information is used to indicate the cycle of the second SSB; the sending module is further configured to send the second SSB by the network device according to the cycle of the second SSB.
结合第十六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述发送模块还用于所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第三信息。With reference to the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the sending module is further configured for the network device to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the Whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the third information.
结合第十五方面或第十六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一SSB位于第五时间窗内,所述第二SSB位于第六时间窗内,所述第六时间窗位于所述第五时间窗之后,所述第五时间窗和所述第六时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,所述第五时间窗的长度和所述第六时间窗的长度等于所述周期性时间窗的周期。With reference to the fifteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first SSB is located in a fifth time window, the second SSB is located in a sixth time window, and the sixth time window Located after the fifth time window, the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the fifth time window's length and the length of the sixth time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
结合第十五方面或第十六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一SSB位于第五时间窗内,所述第二SSB位于所述第五时间窗之后且位于第六时间窗之前,所述第六时间窗位于所述第五时间窗之后,所述第五时间窗和所述第六时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,所述第五时间窗的长度和所述第六时间窗的长度相同,且小于所述周期性时间窗的周期。With reference to the fifteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first SSB is located within a fifth time window, and the second SSB is located after the fifth time window and at a sixth time Before the time window, the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window, and the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window window, the length of the fifth time window is the same as the length of the sixth time window, and is smaller than the period of the periodic time window.
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器和存储器,所述处理器和所述存储器耦合,所述存储器存储有程序指令,当所述存储器存储的程序指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如第一方面至第八方面中任意一 方面或者其中任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes at least one processor and a memory, the processor is coupled to the memory, the memory stores program instructions, and when the memory stores When the program instructions are executed by the processor, the communication device executes the method described in any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners.
第十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机执行的程序指令,所述程序指令包括用于执行如第一方面至第八方面中任意一方面或者其中任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法的指令。In an eighteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store program instructions executed by a computer, and the program instructions include instructions for executing the first aspect to the eighth aspect. Instructions of the method described in any one of the aspects or any one of the possible implementations.
第十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中包括计算机程序指令,当所述计算机程序指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机实现如第一方面至第八方面中任意一方面或者其中任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。In a nineteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes computer program instructions, and when the computer program instructions are run on a computer, the computer implements the first aspect to the first aspect. The method described in any one of the eight aspects or any one of the possible implementations.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的结构性示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请一个实施例提供的SSB的时频结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a time-frequency structure of an SSB provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请一个实施例提供的UE的寻呼DRX周期内的PO示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a PO within a paging DRX cycle of a UE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请一个实施例提供的引入PEI前后的UE状态示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of UE states before and after the introduction of PEI provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请一个实施例提供的第一PO之前的第3个SS突发集中的SSB与第一PO关联的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the SSB in the third SS burst set before the first PO provided by an embodiment of the present application and the first PO;
图7为本申请一个实施例提供的在第一PO之前且与第一PO之间间隔最短并且间隔大于或等于第一时长的SS突发集中的SSB与第一PO关联的示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of association of SSBs in the SS burst set with the first PO before the first PO and with the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请另一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请一个实施例提供的从第一PO之前的第3个SS突发集开始,连续2个SS突发集中的SSB与该第一PO关联的示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of SSBs in two consecutive SS burst sets associated with the first PO starting from the third SS burst set before the first PO provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请一个实施例提供的在第一PO之前且包括与第一PO之间间隔最短的并且间隔大于或等于第一时长的连续2个SS突发集中的SSB与第一PO关联的示意图;Figure 10 shows the SSBs associated with the first PO in two consecutive SS bursts before the first PO and including the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration provided by an embodiment of the present application. schematic diagram;
图11为本申请一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请一个实施例提供的第一时间窗内的SSB与第一PO关联的示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the association between the SSB and the first PO within the first time window provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请另一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请一个实施例提供的一个SSB和多个PO关联的示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an SSB associated with multiple POs provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请一个实施例提供的示例性通信方法的流程图;FIG. 15 is a flowchart of an exemplary communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请另一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 17 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请一个实施例提供的时间窗的周期等于时间窗的长度的示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a time window period equal to the length of the time window provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请一个实施例提供的SSB具有周期和参考信号具有周期的示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an SSB having a period and a reference signal having a period provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请一个实施例提供的PO之前的第3个SS突发集中的SSB承载的第二信息用于指示在第四时间窗内参考信号资源的可用状态的示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of the second information carried by the SSB in the third SS burst set before the PO used to indicate the available state of the reference signal resource in the fourth time window according to an embodiment of the present application;
图21为本申请一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 21 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图22为本申请另一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 22 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图23为本申请另一个实施例提供的时间窗的周期等于时间窗的长度的示意图;FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram in which the period of the time window is equal to the length of the time window provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图24为本申请另一个实施例提供的第五时间窗内的SSB承载的第三信息指示第六时间窗内的SSB的周期示意图;FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a period in which the third information carried by the SSB in the fifth time window indicates the SSB in the sixth time window according to another embodiment of the present application;
图25为本申请另一个实施例提供的时间窗的周期大于时间窗的长度的示意图;FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the present application in which the period of the time window is greater than the length of the time window;
图26为本申请另一个实施例提供的第五时间窗内的SSB承载的第三信息指示位于第五时间窗之后且位于第六时间窗之前的SSB的周期示意图;FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a cycle of an SSB that is located after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window, in which the third information carried by the SSB within the fifth time window is provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图27为本申请一个实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;FIG. 27 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图28为本申请另一个实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;Fig. 28 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图29为本申请又一个实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;FIG. 29 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图30为本申请又一个实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;FIG. 30 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图31为本申请又一个实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;FIG. 31 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图32为本申请又一个实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;Fig. 32 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图33为本申请又一个实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;FIG. 33 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图34为本申请又一个实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;FIG. 34 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图35为本申请又一个实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。Fig. 35 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
图1为本申请实施例应用的移动通信系统的架构示意图。如图1所示,该移动通信系统包括网络设备110和至少一个终端设备(如图1中的终端设备120)。在该通信系统中,网络设备110通过下行信道发送信息给终端设备120,终端设备120通过上行信道发送信息给网络设备110,终端设备120可以是固定位置的,也可以可移动的。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the mobile communication system includes a network device 110 and at least one terminal device (such as the terminal device 120 in FIG. 1 ). In this communication system, the network device 110 sends information to the terminal device 120 through a downlink channel, and the terminal device 120 sends information to the network device 110 through an uplink channel. The terminal device 120 may be fixed or mobile.
可以理解的是,图1中示出的网络设备和终端设备的数量仅是一种示例。在实际过程中网络设备和终端设备的数量还可以为其它数量。当然,该通信系统还可以包括其他网元,例如,还可以包括核心网设备,网络设备可以与该核心网设备连接。在此说明的是,本申请实施例中对于网络设备和终端设备的具体形式不进行限定。It can be understood that the numbers of network devices and terminal devices shown in FIG. 1 are only an example. In an actual process, the number of network devices and terminal devices may also be other numbers. Of course, the communication system may also include other network elements, for example, may also include core network equipment, and the network equipment may be connected to the core network equipment. It is noted here that the specific forms of the network device and the terminal device are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
示例性地,网络设备110是终端设备通过无线方式接入到移动通信系统中的设备,可以是基站eNB(evolved node B),演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、发送接收点(trasmission reception point,TRP)、第五代移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、未来移动通信系统中的基站或者无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入点等;也可以是完成基站部分功能的模块或者单元,例如,可以是集中式单元(central unit,CU),也可以是分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)。本申请实施例对网络设备110所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。Exemplarily, the network device 110 is a device for a terminal device to wirelessly access a mobile communication system, and may be a base station eNB (evolved node B), an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNodeB), a transmission reception point (transmission reception point) , TRP), the next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in the fifth generation mobile communication system, the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access point in the wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system, etc.; also can It is a module or unit that completes some functions of the base station, for example, it can be a centralized unit (central unit, CU) or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU). The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device 110 .
示例性地,终端设备120可以是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。终端设备也可以称为UE、接入终端(access terminal)、用户单元(user unit)、用户站(user station)、移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远方站(remote station)、远程终端(remote terminal)、移动设备(mobile equipment)、用户终端(user terminal)、无线通信设备(wireless telecom equipment)、用户代理(user agent)、用户装备(user equipment)或用户装置。终端设备可以是无线局域网(wireless local Area networks,WLAN)中的站点(station,STA),可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及下一代通信系统(例如,第五代移动通信系统(5th generation,5G)网络)中的终端或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的终端 设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。Exemplarily, the terminal device 120 may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like. Terminal equipment can also be called UE, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, wireless telecommunications equipment, user agent, user equipment, or user device. The terminal device can be a station (station, STA) in a wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN), and can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless local loop) loop, WLL) stations, personal digital assistant (PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, and next-generation communication systems ( For example, the terminals in the fifth generation mobile communication system (5th generation, 5G) network or the terminal equipment in the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) network that will evolve in the future, etc., this embodiment of the present application does not limited.
本申请实施例还可以应用于车联网,例如车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)、车间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-vehicle,LTE-V)、车到车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)等。The embodiments of the present application can also be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, such as vehicle to everything (V2X), long term evolution-vehicle (LTE-V) of vehicle communication, and vehicle-to-vehicle (vehicle-to-vehicle, V2V) etc.
本申请实施例中,UE与终端设备两个术语之间可以互换,基站与网络设备两个术语之间也可以互换。In the embodiment of the present application, the terms UE and terminal device may be interchanged, and the terms base station and network device may also be interchanged.
网络设备110和终端设备120之间可以通过授权频谱进行通信,也可以通过非授权频谱进行通信,也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信。网络设备110和终端设备120之间可以通过6千兆赫(gigahertz,GHZ)以下的频谱进行通信,也可以通过该6GHZ以上的频谱进行通信,还可以同时使用6GHZ以下的频谱和6GHZ以上的频谱进行通信。本申请实施例对网络设备和终端设备之间所使用的频谱资源不做限定。Communication between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may be performed through a licensed spectrum, or through an unlicensed spectrum, or through both a licensed spectrum and an unlicensed spectrum. The communication between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may be performed through a frequency spectrum below 6 GHz (gigahertz, GHZ), or may be performed through a frequency spectrum above 6 GHZ, or may be performed using both a frequency spectrum below 6 GHZ and a frequency spectrum above 6 GHZ. communication. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the frequency spectrum resources used between the network device and the terminal device.
可以理解的是,第五代移动通信系统5G致力于支持更高系统性能,将支持多种业务类型、不同部署场景和更宽的频谱范围。其中,上述的多种业务类型包括增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB),海量机器类型通信(massive machine type communication,MMTC),超可靠低延迟通信(ultra-reliable and low latency communications,URLLC),多媒体广播多播业务(multimedia broadcast multicast service,MBMS)和定位业务等。不同部署场景包括室内热点(indoor hotspot)、密集城区(dense urban)、郊区、城区宏覆盖(Urban Macro)及高铁场景等。更宽的频谱范围是指5G将支持高达100GHz的频谱范围,这既包括6GHz以下的低频部分,也包括6GHz以上最高到100GHz的高频部分。It is understandable that the fifth-generation mobile communication system 5G is committed to supporting higher system performance, and will support multiple service types, different deployment scenarios and a wider spectrum range. Among them, the above-mentioned multiple service types include enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), massive machine type communication (MMTC), ultra-reliable and low latency communications (URLLC), Multimedia broadcast multicast service (multimedia broadcast multicast service, MBMS) and positioning services, etc. Different deployment scenarios include indoor hotspot, dense urban, suburban, urban macro coverage (Urban Macro), and high-speed rail scenarios. A wider spectrum range means that 5G will support a spectrum range up to 100GHz, which includes both the low-frequency part below 6GHz and the high-frequency part above 6GHz up to 100GHz.
具体地,本申请实施例主要应用于5G新空口(new radio,NR)系统中的所有能力受限UE,例如,机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)/窄带(narrow band,NB)UE和降低能力(reduced capability,RedCap)的UE等,其中,NR RedCap UE在低频FR1的最大带宽能力是支持20MHz,在高频FR2的最大带宽能力支持100MHz。一般情况下,NR eMBB UE的能力在FR1支持100MHz的带宽,在FR2支持200MHz的带宽,其中FR2的400MHz的带宽是可选支持的。NR RedCap UE支持的带宽能力比现有的NR UE(比如eMBB UE)较小,而较小的带宽能力可以降低UE的实现复杂度,节省UE功耗,有利于降低UE的成本。Specifically, the embodiments of the present application are mainly applied to all capability-limited UEs in the 5G new air interface (new radio, NR) system, for example, machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC)/narrow band (narrow band, NB) UE and Reduced capability (reduced capability, RedCap) UE, etc. Among them, the maximum bandwidth capability of NR RedCap UE in low frequency FR1 is 20MHz, and the maximum bandwidth capability in high frequency FR2 is 100MHz. In general, the capability of NR eMBB UE supports a bandwidth of 100MHz in FR1 and a bandwidth of 200MHz in FR2, and the bandwidth of 400MHz in FR2 is optional. The bandwidth capability supported by NR RedCap UE is smaller than that of existing NR UE (such as eMBB UE), and the smaller bandwidth capability can reduce the complexity of UE implementation, save UE power consumption, and help reduce UE cost.
目前考虑的NR RedCap UE包括3大应用场景:可穿戴设备(wearables),工业无线传感器(intustrial wireless sensors)和视频监控(video surveillance)设备。The currently considered NR RedCap UE includes three major application scenarios: wearables, industrial wireless sensors and video surveillance equipment.
在5G中,SSB包括同步信号和广播信道,具体地,同步信号包括主同步信号(primary synchronization signal,PSS)和辅同步信号(secondary synchronization signal,SSS),广播信道为PBCH。In 5G, the SSB includes a synchronization signal and a broadcast channel. Specifically, the synchronization signal includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS), and the broadcast channel is PBCH.
1个SSB时域占据连续的4个正交频分复用技术(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号,频域占据连续的20个资源块(resource blocks,RBs)。SSB的第一个符号为PSS,第三个符号为SSS,PSS和SSS均占据127个子载波。PBCH分布在SSB的第2至第4个符号,在第2和第4个符号,PBCH占据240个子载波,在第3个符号的SSS的两边,分别有一部分资源单元(resource element,RE)未被使用。PSS、SSS和PBCH在一个SSB中分别占据的子载波位置如图2所示。One SSB occupies 4 consecutive orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in the time domain, and occupies 20 consecutive resource blocks (RBs) in the frequency domain. The first symbol of SSB is PSS, the third symbol is SSS, and both PSS and SSS occupy 127 subcarriers. PBCH is distributed in the 2nd to 4th symbols of SSB. In the 2nd and 4th symbols, PBCH occupies 240 subcarriers. On both sides of the SSS of the 3rd symbol, there are a part of resource elements (resource element, RE) not used. The positions of subcarriers occupied by PSS, SSS and PBCH in one SSB are shown in Fig. 2 .
在不同子载波下,SSB的频域带宽大小如下表1所示:Under different subcarriers, the frequency domain bandwidth of SSB is shown in Table 1 below:
表1Table 1
SSB子载波间隔(KHz)SSB subcarrier spacing (KHz) SSB频域带宽(20个RBs)(MHz)SSB frequency domain bandwidth (20 RBs) (MHz)
15KHz15KHz 3.63.6
30KHz30KHz 7.27.2
120KHz120KHz 28.828.8
240KHz240KHz 57.657.6
SSB可以分为定义小区SSB(cell-defining SSB,CD-SSB)和非定义小区SSB(non-cell-defining SSB,non-CD-SSB)。如果一个SSB关联一个剩余最小系统消息(remaining minimum system information,RMSI),这样的一个SSB就称为CD-SSB。CD-SSB会对应1个小区,这个小区会具有唯一的NR小区全局标识符(NR cell global identifier,NCGI)。The SSB can be divided into a defined cell SSB (cell-defining SSB, CD-SSB) and a non-cell-defining SSB (non-cell-defining SSB, non-CD-SSB). If an SSB is associated with a remaining minimum system information (RMSI), such an SSB is called a CD-SSB. CD-SSB will correspond to 1 cell, and this cell will have a unique NR cell global identifier (NR cell global identifier, NCGI).
具体地,系统信息是小区级别的信息,即对接入该小区的所有UE生效。系统信息可分为主系统模块(master information block,MIB)信息和多个系统信息块(system information block,SIB),每个系统信息包含了与某个功能相关的一系列参数集合。Specifically, the system information is cell-level information, that is, valid for all UEs accessing the cell. System information can be divided into main system module (master information block, MIB) information and multiple system information blocks (system information block, SIB), each system information contains a series of parameter sets related to a certain function.
对CD-SSB的进一步解释:PBCH会承载MIB信息,MIB信息用于指示与物理下行控制信道搜索空间类型(Type0-physical downlink control channel common search space,Type0-PDCCH CSS)关联的一组控制资源集(control-resource set,CORESET)是否存在,这样的CORESET称为CORESET#0。如果MIB信息指示CORESET#0存在,则表示该SSB是CD-SSB;UE可以在CORESET#0监听调度SIB1的PDCCH,SIB1即是RMSI;PDCCH用于调度物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH),PDSCH用于承载SIB1。如果MIB指示CORESET#0不存在,则表示该SSB是non-CD-SSB,即non-CD-SSB不关联RMSI。Further explanation of CD-SSB: PBCH will carry MIB information, and MIB information is used to indicate a set of control resource sets associated with the physical downlink control channel search space type (Type0-physical downlink control channel common search space, Type0-PDCCH CSS) Whether (control-resource set, CORESET) exists, such a CORESET is called CORESET#0. If the MIB information indicates that CORESET#0 exists, it means that the SSB is a CD-SSB; the UE can monitor and schedule the PDCCH of SIB1 in CORESET#0, and SIB1 is the RMSI; PDCCH is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH ), the PDSCH is used to bear SIB1. If the MIB indicates that CORESET#0 does not exist, it means that the SSB is non-CD-SSB, that is, non-CD-SSB is not associated with RMSI.
具体地,PBCH的载荷(payload)中包括用于指示子载波偏移k SSB的信息,当Lmax=4或8时,指示k SSB的信息有5比特(bits),当Lmax=64时,指示k SSB的信息有4bits,其中,Lmax表示一个SSB周期中的最大的SSB的个数,根据k SSB的取值,UE可以确定该SSB是否是CD-SSB。 Specifically, the payload of the PBCH includes information for indicating subcarrier offset k SSB . When Lmax=4 or 8, the information indicating k SSB has 5 bits. When Lmax=64, it indicates The k SSB information has 4 bits, where Lmax represents the maximum number of SSBs in one SSB cycle, and according to the value of k SSB , the UE can determine whether the SSB is a CD-SSB.
根据第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)协议规定,5G网络主要使用两段频率:FR1频段和FR2频段。FR1频段的频率范围是450MHz至6GHz,又称sub 6GHz频段,低频;FR2频段的频率范围是24.25GHz至52.6GHz,通常被称为毫米波,高频。According to the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) agreement, 5G networks mainly use two frequency bands: FR1 frequency band and FR2 frequency band. The frequency range of FR1 frequency band is 450MHz to 6GHz, also known as sub 6GHz frequency band, low frequency; the frequency range of FR2 frequency band is 24.25GHz to 52.6GHz, commonly known as millimeter wave, high frequency.
根据k SSB的取值,UE确定该SSB是否是CD-SSB的具体情况如下表2所示: According to the value of k SSB , the specific conditions for the UE to determine whether the SSB is a CD-SSB are shown in Table 2 below:
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022111618-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022111618-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022111618-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022111618-appb-000002
由上所述,SSB由PSS、SSS和PBCH组成,PBCH用于承载系统信息。As mentioned above, SSB is composed of PSS, SSS and PBCH, and PBCH is used to carry system information.
在此说明的是,PBCH承载的信息包括PBCH paylaod,PBCH paylaod包括高层信令MIB(共23个bits),和除MIB之外的8个bits的信息;此外,高层信令还包括1个比特,即广播控制信道-广播信道-消息类型(broadcast control channel-broadcast channel-messagetype,BCCH-BCH-MessageType),用于指示PBCH所承载的高层RRC消息是MIB还是其他类型。PBCH payload一共包括32个bits,由下表3所示:It is explained here that the information carried by PBCH includes PBCH paylaod, and PBCH paylaod includes high-level signaling MIB (23 bits in total), and information of 8 bits other than MIB; in addition, high-level signaling also includes 1 bit , that is, broadcast control channel-broadcast channel-messagetype (broadcast control channel-broadcast channel-messagetype, BCCH-BCH-MessageType), used to indicate whether the high-level RRC message carried by the PBCH is MIB or other types. The PBCH payload includes a total of 32 bits, as shown in Table 3 below:
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2022111618-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022111618-appb-000003
截止目前,BCCH-BCH-MessageType中的messageClassExtension尚未定义。So far, messageClassExtension in BCCH-BCH-MessageType has not been defined.
具体地,MIB包括的信令如下表4所示:Specifically, the signaling included in the MIB is shown in Table 4 below:
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2022111618-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2022111618-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2022111618-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2022111618-appb-000005
PBCH的载荷中的非高层信令如下:该部分载荷即是PBCH payload中除MIB之外的载荷,不是高层信令。该部分共包括8bits,主要和时序相关。具体的信令内容如表5所示。The non-high-level signaling in the PBCH payload is as follows: This part of the payload is the load in the PBCH payload except the MIB, not the high-level signaling. This part includes a total of 8 bits, mainly related to timing. The specific signaling content is shown in Table 5.
表5:table 5:
Figure PCTCN2022111618-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022111618-appb-000006
SSB的第一个作用就是小区接入:通过SSB接收MIB信息,从而获取与SSB关联的SIB1,接入小区。由于SSB包括PSS和SSS,以及PBCH包括PBCH DMRS,所以SSB也可以用于UE执行时频跟踪(或称时频同步)、波束管理、无线资源管理(radio resource management,RRM)测量、无线链路监听(radio link monitoring,RLM)测量、信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)测量等。The first function of the SSB is cell access: receive MIB information through the SSB, thereby obtaining the SIB1 associated with the SSB, and accessing the cell. Since SSB includes PSS and SSS, and PBCH includes PBCH DMRS, SSB can also be used for UE to perform time-frequency tracking (or time-frequency synchronization), beam management, radio resource management (radio resource management, RRM) measurement, wireless link Listening (radio link monitoring, RLM) measurement, channel state information (channel state information, CSI) measurement, etc.
3GPP定义了某些频率作为同步栅格(synchronization raster,sync raster),CD-SSB位于sync raster,而non-CD-SSB可能位于sync raster,也可能不位于sync raster。UE在初始接入时要先选择小区,UE会在sync raster上搜索SSB,如果在sync raster上搜索到CD-SSB,UE就可能会选择该CD-SSB对应的小区作为初始接入小区,同时也会接收该CD-SSB关联的RMSI(即SIB1)。在接收SIB1时,UE要在SSB承载的MIB指示的CORESET#0和Type0-PDCCH CSS上监听由系统消息无线网络临时标识(system information Radio Network Temporary Identifier,SI-RNTI)加扰的PDCCH,SI-RNTI加扰的PDCCH会调度承载SIB1的PDSCH。其中,Type0-PDCCH CSS也称为:搜索空间0(或搜索空间集0,或ID为0的搜索空间集)。3GPP defines certain frequencies as synchronization raster (sync raster), CD-SSB is located in sync raster, and non-CD-SSB may or may not be located in sync raster. When the UE initially accesses, it must first select a cell, and the UE will search for the SSB on the sync raster. If the CD-SSB is found on the sync raster, the UE may select the cell corresponding to the CD-SSB as the initial access cell, and at the same time The RMSI associated with the CD-SSB (ie SIB1) will also be received. When receiving SIB1, the UE needs to monitor the PDCCH scrambled by the system information Radio Network Temporary Identifier (SI-RNTI) on the CORESET#0 and Type0-PDCCH CSS indicated by the MIB carried by the SSB. The PDCCH scrambled by the RNTI will schedule the PDSCH carrying the SIB1. Wherein, Type0-PDCCH CSS is also called: search space 0 (or search space set 0, or search space set with ID 0).
一个SS突发集表示一个或多个SSB的集合,一个SS突发集位于一个无线帧的前半帧或者后半帧,SSB的周期也可以认为是SS突发集的周期。一个SS突发集中包括的最 大的SSB的个数Lmax表示网络设备在一个SS突发集中可能发送的SSB的个数,一个SS突发集中实际发送的SSB的个数小于或等于Lmax。Lmax和频率范围有关,例如,载波频率在FR1且小于或等于3GHz时,Lmax=4,载波频率在FR1且大于3GHz时,Lmax=8,载波频率在FR2时,Lmax=64。An SS burst set represents a set of one or more SSBs. An SS burst set is located in the first half frame or the second half frame of a radio frame. The period of the SSB can also be regarded as the period of the SS burst set. The maximum number of SSBs Lmax included in one SS burst set indicates the number of SSBs that the network device may send in one SS burst set, and the number of SSBs actually sent in one SS burst set is less than or equal to Lmax. Lmax is related to the frequency range. For example, when the carrier frequency is FR1 and less than or equal to 3GHz, Lmax=4; when the carrier frequency is FR1 and greater than 3GHz, Lmax=8; when the carrier frequency is FR2, Lmax=64.
上述提到的NR RedCap UE支持的带宽较小,为了解决数据拥堵,提高系统容量,为RedCap UE配置的一部分宽带(bandwidth part,BWP)(的频率范围)可能不包括CD-SSB。例如,当RedCap UE和NR正常(normal)UE较多时,为了平衡数据负载(data offloading),初始接入阶段,网络设备可能会配置2个初始下行BWP(initial DL BWP),一个用于NR normal UE,一个用于RedCap UE。在初始接入之后,例如在RRC连接态,网络设备也可能为RedCap UE配置不包括CD-SSB的BWP。其中,NR正常UE包括除RedCap UE以外的其他NR UE,例如,NR eMBB UE。The bandwidth supported by the NR RedCap UE mentioned above is small. In order to solve data congestion and improve system capacity, a part of the bandwidth (bandwidth part, BWP) (frequency range) configured for RedCap UE may not include CD-SSB. For example, when there are many RedCap UEs and NR normal UEs, in order to balance the data offloading, the network device may configure two initial downlink BWPs (initial DL BWP), one for NR normal UE, one for RedCap UE. After the initial access, for example, in the RRC connection state, the network device may also configure a BWP that does not include CD-SSB for the RedCap UE. Wherein, NR normal UE includes other NR UEs except RedCap UE, for example, NR eMBB UE.
此外,还可能有其他因素导致网络设备给RedCap UE配置的BWP不包括CD-SSB。例如,时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统中,由于eMBB UE的带宽能力较高,比如FR1支持100MHz的射频带宽能力。因此,网络设备为eMBB UE配置的初始上行BWP的带宽可能超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽能力。为了支持RedCap UE的上行传输,使RedCap UE的数据都位于RedCap UE支持的带宽以内,可能会为RedCap UE配置一个新的初始上行BWP,并且新的初始上行BWP的带宽应不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽能力。TDD系统中,一个上行BWP会和一个下行BWP组成一个BWP对(BWP pair),它们的ID相同,并且具有相同的中心频率。例如初始上行BWP和初始下行BWP为一个BWP对,应具有相同的中心频率。但是,为RedCap UE新引入的初始上行BWP可能和为eMBB UE配置的初始下行BWP的中心频率不对齐,因此,除了之上扩大系统容量的原因之外,可能会为了保持RedCap UE的初始上下行BWP中心频率对齐,为RedCap UE新引入一个初始下行BWP,例如称为:RedCap-initial DL BWP。显然,为了保持RedCap UE的初始上下行BWP中心频率对齐为RedCap UE配置的初始下行BWP的频域范围可能不包括CD-SSB。In addition, there may be other factors that cause the BWP configured by the network device for the RedCap UE to not include CD-SSB. For example, in a time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, since the eMBB UE has a relatively high bandwidth capability, for example, FR1 supports a radio frequency bandwidth capability of 100MHz. Therefore, the bandwidth of the initial uplink BWP configured by the network device for the eMBB UE may exceed the maximum bandwidth capability supported by the RedCap UE. In order to support the uplink transmission of RedCap UE, so that the data of RedCap UE is within the bandwidth supported by RedCap UE, a new initial uplink BWP may be configured for RedCap UE, and the bandwidth of the new initial uplink BWP should not exceed the bandwidth supported by RedCap UE Maximum bandwidth capability. In a TDD system, an uplink BWP and a downlink BWP form a BWP pair (BWP pair), and their IDs are the same and they have the same center frequency. For example, the initial uplink BWP and the initial downlink BWP are a BWP pair and should have the same center frequency. However, the center frequency of the initial uplink BWP newly introduced for RedCap UE may not be aligned with the initial downlink BWP configured for eMBB UE. The BWP center frequency is aligned, and an initial downlink BWP is newly introduced for RedCap UE, for example, it is called: RedCap-initial DL BWP. Obviously, in order to maintain the center frequency alignment of the initial uplink and downlink BWP of the RedCap UE, the frequency domain range of the initial downlink BWP configured for the RedCap UE may not include CD-SSB.
如果RedCap UE的BWP不包括CD-SSB,UE在该BWP是激活BWP时,可能仍然需要接收SSB进行时频跟踪、波束管理、RRM测量、RLM测量、和/或CSI测量等行为。RedCap UE接收SSB时就要进行BWP切换或者射频(radio frequency,RF)切换,RF切换时UE就不能在激活的BWP上传输数据,这会造成数据中断,此外,UE频繁的RF切换也会增加UE功耗。If the BWP of the RedCap UE does not include CD-SSB, the UE may still need to receive SSB for time-frequency tracking, beam management, RRM measurement, RLM measurement, and/or CSI measurement when the BWP is the active BWP. RedCap UE needs to perform BWP switching or radio frequency (RF) switching when receiving SSB. During RF switching, UE cannot transmit data on the activated BWP, which will cause data interruption. In addition, frequent RF switching of UE will also increase UE power consumption.
如上问题,促使为RedCap UE配置除CD-SSB之外的其他SSB,例如在RedCap专用的initial DL BWP内为RedCap UE配置用于测量的SSB,该用于测量的SSB可能是non-CD-SSB,或CD-SSB,不做限制。The above problem prompts RedCap UE to be configured with other SSBs other than CD-SSB. For example, RedCap UE is configured with SSB for measurement in the initial DL BWP dedicated to RedCap. The SSB for measurement may be non-CD-SSB , or CD-SSB, without limitation.
由上所述,SSB分为CD-SSB和non-CD-SSB,CD-SSB主要用于承载MIB,而non-CD-SSB并不用于确定小区,因此不需要承载MIB。Non-CD-SSB的主要作用是用于UE进行时频跟踪/波束管理/RRM测量/RLM测量/CSI测量,不需要NR正常UE/RedCap UE通过non-CD-SSB初始接入,另外,non-CD-SSB是否位于sync raster也不做限制。As mentioned above, SSB is divided into CD-SSB and non-CD-SSB. CD-SSB is mainly used to carry MIB, while non-CD-SSB is not used to determine a cell, so it does not need to carry MIB. The main role of Non-CD-SSB is for UE to perform time-frequency tracking/beam management/RRM measurement/RLM measurement/CSI measurement. It does not require NR normal UE/RedCap UE to initially access through non-CD-SSB. In addition, non - There is no restriction on whether the CD-SSB is located in the sync raster.
在本申请的实施例中,主要对non-CD-SSB的PBCH payload承载的信息进行重解释,以表示一些新的功能,即让non-CD-SSB的PBCH承载指示信息,用于指示新的功能。non-CD-SSB可以不位于sync raster,也可以位于sync raster,不做限制。In the embodiment of the present application, the information carried by the PBCH payload of non-CD-SSB is mainly reinterpreted to represent some new functions, that is, the PBCH of non-CD-SSB carries indication information to indicate new Function. The non-CD-SSB may not be located in the sync raster, or may be located in the sync raster, without limitation.
下面将结合附图对本申请各个实施例进行详细描述。Various embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
对于PO,以下作一个详细的解释:For PO, here is a detailed explanation:
网络设备会配置寻呼非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)周期,以及每个寻呼DRX周期中的寻呼帧(paging frame,PF)在寻呼DRX周期包括的无线帧(radio frame,RF)中的比例和每个寻呼帧包括的PO的个数。一个无线帧的长度为10毫秒,寻呼帧是一个无线帧,一个PF可能包含1个或多个PO或者包含一个PO的起始。一个PO是一个包括一个或多个PDCCH监听时机(PDCCH monitoring occasions)的集合,一个PO包括的PDCCH监听时机的个数等于一个SSB周期中实际发送的SSB的个数,即一个SS突发集(SS burst set)包括的实际发送的SSB的个数,监听寻呼PDCCH的PDCCH监听时机是根据寻呼搜索空间集确定的。The network device will configure the paging discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle, and the paging frame (paging frame, PF) in each paging DRX cycle includes the radio frame (radio frame, RF) in the paging DRX cycle The ratio in and the number of POs included in each paging frame. The length of a radio frame is 10 milliseconds, the paging frame is a radio frame, and a PF may contain 1 or more POs or the start of a PO. A PO is a set including one or more PDCCH monitoring occasions (PDCCH monitoring occasions). The number of PDCCH monitoring occasions included in a PO is equal to the number of SSBs actually sent in an SSB cycle, that is, an SS burst set ( SS burst set) includes the number of SSBs actually sent, and the PDCCH monitoring timing for monitoring the paging PDCCH is determined according to the paging search space set.
UE的寻呼DRX周期是根据系统信息广播的默认DRX周期和UE专用的DRX周期确定的,UE可能会被配置1个或多个专用的DRX周期,专用的DRX周期可以被RRC层的RRC消息配置或被上层(upper layers)的消息配置(例如通过非接入层(non access stratum,NAS)信令)。如果UE被配置了UE专用的DRX周期,则UE的寻呼DRX周期等于默认DRX周期和专用的DRX周期中的最小值;否则,UE的寻呼DRX周期等于默认DRX周期。The paging DRX cycle of the UE is determined according to the default DRX cycle broadcast by the system information and the UE-specific DRX cycle. The UE may be configured with one or more dedicated DRX cycles. The dedicated DRX cycle can be determined by the RRC message of the RRC layer. Configured or configured by upper layers (upper layers) messages (for example, through non-access stratum (non access stratum, NAS) signaling). If the UE is configured with a UE-specific DRX cycle, the UE's paging DRX cycle is equal to the minimum value of the default DRX cycle and the dedicated DRX cycle; otherwise, the UE's paging DRX cycle is equal to the default DRX cycle.
作为一种示例,如图3所示,UE的寻呼DRX周期为1.28秒,一个寻呼DRX周期包括8个寻呼帧,每个寻呼帧包括1个PO。UE会根据自己的UE_ID确定出自己要监听的PO,具体的,UE根据自己的UE_ID确定出要监听寻呼PDCCH的PF,以及在PF中要监听哪一个PO。UE根据自己的UE_ID确定的要监听寻呼PDCCH的PO称为UE的PO,或UE自己的PO,或UE对应的PO,相应的,这个UE也可以称为这个PO上的UE。As an example, as shown in FIG. 3 , the paging DRX cycle of the UE is 1.28 seconds, one paging DRX cycle includes 8 paging frames, and each paging frame includes 1 PO. The UE will determine the PO to be monitored according to its UE_ID. Specifically, the UE will determine the PF to monitor the paging PDCCH and which PO to monitor in the PF according to its UE_ID. The PO determined by the UE to monitor the paging PDCCH according to its own UE_ID is called the PO of the UE, or the PO of the UE, or the PO corresponding to the UE. Correspondingly, the UE can also be called a UE on this PO.
例如,图3中,UE1确定在PO1和PO9监听寻呼PDCCH。一个UE在一个寻呼DRX周期只需要监听一个PO即可,在RRC idle/inactive态,UE只在它自己的PO监听寻呼PDCCH。应理解,监听PO就是在PO上监听寻呼PDCCH。For example, in FIG. 3 , UE1 determines to monitor the paging PDCCH at PO1 and PO9. A UE only needs to monitor one PO in a paging DRX cycle. In the RRC idle/inactive state, the UE only monitors the paging PDCCH in its own PO. It should be understood that monitoring the PO means monitoring the paging PDCCH on the PO.
目前,UE在处于RRC idle/inactive态时,会在PO醒来监听寻呼信息,例如监听寻呼PDCCH。但是并不是每个PO都会存在UE的寻呼,因此,为了避免UE在没有寻呼的PO醒来监听寻呼以节省UE的功耗,目前相关技术中引入了寻呼提前指示(paging early indication,PEI),也可能会有其他名称,例如唤醒信号(wake-up signal,WUS)。PEI主要用于提前通知UE是否有寻呼信息,如果有寻呼信息,UE之后在PO监听寻呼PDCCH;如果没有寻呼信息,UE就可以不用监听寻呼PDCCH从而进入睡眠状态,等待下一个DRX周期再唤醒监听PEI指示。Currently, when the UE is in the RRC idle/inactive state, it will wake up at the PO to monitor paging information, such as monitoring the paging PDCCH. However, not every PO will have UE paging. Therefore, in order to prevent the UE from waking up and listening to paging at POs without paging to save UE power consumption, a paging early indication (paging early indication) is introduced in the current related technology. , PEI), there may also be other names, such as wake-up signal (wake-up signal, WUS). PEI is mainly used to notify the UE in advance whether there is paging information. If there is paging information, the UE will monitor the paging PDCCH at the PO afterwards; if there is no paging information, the UE can enter the sleep state without monitoring the paging PDCCH and wait for the next The DRX cycle wakes up again to monitor the PEI indication.
引入PEI的具体情况如图4所示。The specific situation of introducing PEI is shown in Figure 4.
图4(a)是没有引入PEI时,UE在PO监听寻呼PDCCH之前要执行的行为,即深睡眠、浅睡眠、深睡眠与唤醒状态之间的状态切换、浅睡眠与唤醒状态之间的状态切换,其中,深睡眠时UE的功耗低于浅睡眠时UE的功耗;深睡眠时,UE可能会关闭基带处理模块和射频收发机模块;浅睡眠时,UE可能关闭了射频收发机模块和基带处理模块中的部分模块;唤醒状态时,UE正常收发数据,基带处理模块和射频收发机模块正常开启。Figure 4(a) shows the behaviors that the UE will perform before the PO monitors the paging PDCCH when the PEI is not introduced, that is, deep sleep, light sleep, state switching between deep sleep and wake-up states, and state switching between light sleep and wake-up states. State switching, in which, the power consumption of UE in deep sleep is lower than that of UE in light sleep; in deep sleep, UE may turn off the baseband processing module and radio frequency transceiver module; in light sleep, UE may turn off the radio frequency transceiver module and some modules in the baseband processing module; in the wake-up state, the UE normally sends and receives data, and the baseband processing module and the radio frequency transceiver module are normally turned on.
因为UE在RRC idle/inactive态在监听寻呼PDCCH之前一般睡眠时间较长,所以在监听寻呼PDCCH之前一般要先接收SSB以进行时频同步、自动增益控制(automatic gain control,AGC)调整等。Because the UE generally sleeps for a long time before monitoring the paging PDCCH in the RRC idle/inactive state, it generally needs to receive the SSB before monitoring the paging PDCCH for time-frequency synchronization, automatic gain control (automatic gain control, AGC) adjustment, etc. .
图4(b)是引入PEI指示后,当PEI指示UE没有寻呼信息时,UE可以直接进入睡眠状态以节省功耗。Figure 4(b) shows that after the PEI indication is introduced, when the PEI indicates that the UE has no paging information, the UE can directly enter the sleep state to save power consumption.
进一步地,当UE被寻呼时,还可以在PEI中引入UE分组指示,将监听一个PO的多个UE分成多个子组,然后以子组为单位通知该子组中的UE是否被寻呼。这样,可以降低UE的虚警概率,使UE减少不必要的寻呼PDCCH/寻呼PDSCH的接收和译码。Furthermore, when a UE is paged, a UE group indication can also be introduced into the PEI to divide multiple UEs listening to a PO into multiple subgroups, and then notify the UEs in the subgroup whether they are paged in units of subgroups . In this way, the false alarm probability of the UE can be reduced, so that the UE can reduce unnecessary reception and decoding of the paging PDCCH/paging PDSCH.
但是目前,由于PEI一般不是通过现有的信道或信号来承载,可能会占据额外的时频资源,会增大资源开销,增大网络设备功耗,降低资源利用效率;虽然本领域相关技术人员提出了PBCH可以用于承载PEI,来指示寻呼是否存在,但是,本领域技术人员并没有进一步指出PEI可由SSB承载,以及没有指出由哪些SSB来承载,因此,如何确定一个向UE指示PO是否存在寻呼的PEI由哪些SSB承载,成为亟待解决的问题。But at present, because PEI is generally not carried by existing channels or signals, it may occupy additional time-frequency resources, increase resource overhead, increase power consumption of network equipment, and reduce resource utilization efficiency; although relevant technical personnel in the field It is proposed that PBCH can be used to carry PEI to indicate whether paging exists, but those skilled in the art have not further pointed out that PEI can be carried by SSBs, and have not indicated which SSBs are carried by them. Therefore, how to determine whether a PO is used to indicate to UE Which SSBs bear the paging PEI has become an urgent problem to be solved.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提出一种通信方法,该方法通过确定承载指示在PO是否存在UE的寻呼的指示信息的SSB的位置,明确了UE何时监听指示在PO是否存在UE的寻呼的指示信息,使得网络设备和UE对齐理解。In view of this, the embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method. By determining the position of the SSB carrying the indication information indicating whether there is paging of the UE in the PO, the method clarifies when the UE monitors the paging information indicating whether the UE exists in the PO. Call indication information, so that the network device and the UE can understand it.
图5为本申请一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图。图5所示的实施例中,执行该通信方法的执行主体是终端设备。其中,终端设备例如为手机、车辆内的软件模块、硬件模块、芯片或芯片系统。本申请实施例对此不做限定。FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , the execution entity executing the communication method is a terminal device. Wherein, the terminal device is, for example, a mobile phone, a software module, a hardware module, a chip or a chip system in a vehicle. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
如图5所示,本申请实施例提供的方法包括S501、S502和S503。下面详细说明图5所示的方法中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 5 , the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S501 , S502 and S503 . Each step in the method shown in FIG. 5 will be described in detail below.
S501,终端设备确定第一SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第N个同步信号SS突发集中的SSB,N为正整数且为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;或,所述第一SSB包括第一SS突发集中的SSB,所述第一SS突发集位于第一PO之前,所述第一SS突发集与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且,所述第一SS突发集为与所述第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集,所述第一时长为网络设备配置的或协议预设的。S501. The terminal device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB includes the first The SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before PO, N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, and the The first SS burst set is located before the first PO, the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the same as the first PO The SS burst set with the shortest interval between the first POs, the first duration is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol.
可选的,第一SSB中包括PBCH,PBCH可以承载第一信息。Optionally, the first SSB includes a PBCH, and the PBCH may carry the first information.
可选的,N为网络设备指示的,例如,通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)指示、介质访问控制控制元素(medium access control control element,MAC CE)指示或RRC消息指示,或由协议预先定义的。Optionally, N is indicated by the network device, for example, through downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) indication, medium access control control element (medium access control control element, MAC CE) indication or RRC message indication, or by the protocol predefined.
作为一种可选的实施方式,第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第N个SS突发集中的SSB,也就是说,第一PO之前的第N个SS突发集中的SSB包括的PBCH用于承载第一信息,该第一信息用于指示在第一PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼。As an optional implementation manner, the first SSB includes the SSB in the Nth SS burst set before the first PO, that is, the PBCH used in the SSB included in the Nth SS burst set before the first PO To carry first information, where the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO.
PBCH承载第一信息,也可以描述成SSB承载第一信息,应理解,SSB承载第一信息,这里表示的是SSB包括的PBCH承载第一信息。The PBCH carries the first information, which may also be described as the SSB carrying the first information. It should be understood that the SSB carries the first information, and here it means that the PBCH included in the SSB carries the first information.
也可以认为,第一PO之前的第N个SS突发集中的SSB与该第一PO关联,或第一PO之前的第N个SS突发集中的SSB包括的PBCH与该第一PO关联。也就是说,一个SSB与一个PO关联,表示这个SSB承载的第一信息用于指示该SSB关联的PO上是否存在寻呼。It can also be considered that the SSB in the Nth SS burst set before the first PO is associated with the first PO, or the PBCH included in the SSB in the Nth SS burst set before the first PO is associated with the first PO. That is, one SSB is associated with one PO, indicating that the first information carried by the SSB is used to indicate whether paging exists on the PO associated with the SSB.
作为一种示例,如图6所示,假设SSB的周期为20毫秒,第一PO之前的第3个SS突发集中的SSB与第一PO关联。As an example, as shown in FIG. 6 , assuming that the period of the SSB is 20 milliseconds, the SSB in the third SS burst before the first PO is associated with the first PO.
应理解,一个SS突发集中可能包括1个或多个实际发送的SSB,也就是说,可能存在多个SSB与一个PO关联。It should be understood that one SS burst may include one or more actually transmitted SSBs, that is, there may be multiple SSBs associated with one PO.
作为另一种可选的实施方式,第一SSB包括第一SS突发集中的SSB,该第一SS突发集位于第一PO之前,第一SS突发集与第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且,第一SS突发集为与第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集。也就是说,在第一PO之前且与第一PO的起始之间间隔最短且所述间隔大于或等于第一时长的SS突发集中的SSB包括的PBCH用于承载第一信息,该第一信息用于指示在第一PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼。As another optional implementation manner, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the SS burst set with the shortest interval with the first PO. That is to say, the PBCH included in the SSB in the SS burst set before the first PO and with the shortest interval from the start of the first PO and the interval is greater than or equal to the first duration is used to carry the first information. A message is used to indicate whether there is a paging of the terminal device at the first PO.
应理解,第一时长为网络设备指示的,例如,通过DCI、MAC CE或RRC消息指示,或由协议预先定义。It should be understood that the first duration is indicated by the network device, for example, indicated by a DCI, MAC CE or RRC message, or predefined by a protocol.
例如,协议规定,第一时长等于SSB周期的2倍,或第一时长等于20毫秒等。For example, the protocol stipulates that the first duration is equal to twice the period of the SSB, or the first duration is equal to 20 milliseconds, and so on.
也可以认为,第一PO之前且与第一PO之间间隔最短并且间隔大于或等于第一时长的SS突发集中的SSB与该第一PO关联,或第一PO之前且与第一PO之间间隔最短并且间隔大于或等于第一时长的SS突发集中的SSB包括的PBCH与该第一PO关联。也就是说,一个SSB与一个PO关联,表示这个SSB承载的第一信息用于指示该SSB关联的PO上是否存在寻呼。It can also be considered that the SSB in the SS burst set before the first PO and with the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration is associated with the first PO, or the SSB before the first PO and between the first PO The PBCH included in the SSB in the SS burst set with the shortest interval and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration is associated with the first PO. That is, one SSB is associated with one PO, indicating that the first information carried by the SSB is used to indicate whether paging exists on the PO associated with the SSB.
作为一种示例,如图7所示,在第一PO之前且与第一PO之间间隔最短并且间隔大于或等于第一时长的SS突发集中的SSB与第一PO关联。As an example, as shown in FIG. 7 , the SSB in the SS burst set before the first PO and with the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration is associated with the first PO.
该步骤中,终端设备确定了承载指示在PO是否存在UE的寻呼的第一信息的SSB的位置,即第一PO之前的第N个SS突发集中的SSB或在第一PO之前且与第一PO的起始之间间隔最短且所述间隔大于或等于第一时长的SS突发集中的SSB,明确了UE何时监听第一信息,使得网络设备和终端设备对齐理解。In this step, the terminal device determines the position of the SSB that bears the first information indicating whether there is paging of the UE in the PO, that is, the SSB in the Nth SS burst set before the first PO or before the first PO and with The SSB in the SS burst set with the shortest interval between the start of the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration specifies when the UE listens to the first information, so that the network device and the terminal device can be aligned and understood.
在一种实施方式中,一个SS突发集与第一PO之间的间隔为该SS突发集的结束与第一PO的起始之间的时间间隔。In one embodiment, the interval between an SS burst set and the first PO is the time interval between the end of the SS burst set and the start of the first PO.
在一种实施方式中,一个SS突发集与第一PO之间的间隔为该SS突发集的结束与第一PO所在的寻呼帧的起始之间的时间间隔。In one embodiment, the interval between an SS burst set and the first PO is the time interval between the end of the SS burst set and the start of the paging frame where the first PO is located.
在一种实施方式中,一个SS突发集与第一PO之间的间隔为该SS突发集的结束与第一PO所在的寻呼帧中的第一个PO的起始之间的时间间隔。In one embodiment, the interval between an SS burst set and the first PO is the time between the end of the SS burst set and the start of the first PO in the paging frame where the first PO is located interval.
其中,一个寻呼帧可能包括一个或多个PO。Wherein, a paging frame may include one or more POs.
S502,终端设备接收所述第一SSB,并从所述第一SSB中获取所述第一信息。S502. The terminal device receives the first SSB, and acquires the first information from the first SSB.
S503,若所述第一信息指示在第一PO存在终端设备的寻呼,则该终端设备在该第一PO监听寻呼PDCCH。S503. If the first information indicates that there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO, the terminal device monitors a paging PDCCH at the first PO.
可选的,终端设备可能还会接收该第一PO之前的其他SSB,用于时频同步和/或测量等,这些其他SSB不用于承载第一信息。Optionally, the terminal device may also receive other SSBs before the first PO for time-frequency synchronization and/or measurement, etc., and these other SSBs are not used to carry the first information.
若第一信息指示在第一PO不存在终端设备的寻呼,则该终端设备可以进入睡眠状态,不在该第一PO监听寻呼PDCCH。If the first information indicates that there is no paging of the terminal device at the first PO, the terminal device may enter a sleep state and not monitor the paging PDCCH at the first PO.
该实施例的方法中,通过网络设备配置或协议预设相关参数,终端设备确定了承载第一信息的SSB的位置,明确了终端设备何时监听第一信息,使网络设备和终端设备对齐理解,且该方法实现简单,可以节省终端设备成本。此外,通过周期性发送的SSB承载第一信息,可以避免新增信道/信号去承载第一信息,可以节省资源开销,避免资源利用效率降低,终端设备只需要接收SSB就能获取第一信息,避免了接收其他信道/信号,可 以节省终端设备的功耗。In the method of this embodiment, through network device configuration or protocol preset related parameters, the terminal device determines the position of the SSB that carries the first information, and specifies when the terminal device listens to the first information, so that the network device and the terminal device are aligned and understood , and the method is simple to implement and can save the cost of terminal equipment. In addition, by periodically sending the SSB to carry the first information, new channels/signals can be avoided to carry the first information, resource overhead can be saved, resource utilization efficiency can be avoided, and the terminal device can obtain the first information only by receiving the SSB. It avoids receiving other channels/signals, and can save the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; It is defined that the first information element represents the first information.
可选的,若第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元未被指示重定义,则该第一信元指示传统的功能(例如,表4、表5中所示的功能),例如,第一信元包括以下至少一种:MIB中包括的信元,例如,systemFrameNumber,SubCarrierSpacingCommon,ssb-SubcarrierOffset,dmrs-TypeA-Position,pdcch-ConfigSIB1,cellBarred,intraFreqReselection,以及预留的spare的1个比特;PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元中的1个或多个比特域。Optionally, if the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB is not indicated to be redefined, the first information element indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5) For example, the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
图8为本申请另一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图。图8所示的实施例中,执行该通信方法的执行主体是网络设备。其中,网络设备例如为基站、分布式单元等。本申请实施例对此不做限定。FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , the execution subject that executes the communication method is a network device. Wherein, the network device is, for example, a base station, a distributed unit, and the like. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
如图8所示,本申请实施例提供的方法包括S801和S802。As shown in FIG. 8, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S801 and S802.
S801,网络设备确定第一SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第N个同步信号SS突发集中的SSB,N为正整数且为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;或,所述第一SSB包括第一SS突发集中的SSB,所述第一SS突发集位于第一PO之前,所述第一SS突发集与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且,所述第一SS突发集为与所述第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集,所述第一时长为网络设备配置的或协议预设的。S801. The network device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB includes the first The SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before PO, N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, and the The first SS burst set is located before the first PO, the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the same as the first PO The SS burst set with the shortest interval between the first POs, the first duration is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol.
该步骤中确定第一SSB的方法由网络设备执行,具体内容可以参考上述步骤S501中的方法,只需将步骤S501中的具体实施方式中的终端设备替换为网络设备即可。The method for determining the first SSB in this step is performed by the network device, and the specific content can refer to the method in the above step S501, only need to replace the terminal device in the specific implementation manner in step S501 with a network device.
S802,网络设备发送所述第一SSB。S802. The network device sends the first SSB.
该步骤中,网络设备在确定了第一SSB后,将该第一SSB发送至终端设备。In this step, after determining the first SSB, the network device sends the first SSB to the terminal device.
作为一种可选的实施方式,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。As an optional implementation manner, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, The first information element represents the first information.
可选的,若第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元未被指示重定义,则该第一信元指示传统的功能(例如,表4、表5中所示的功能),例如,第一信元包括以下至少一种:MIB中包括的信元,例如,systemFrameNumber,SubCarrierSpacingCommon,ssb-SubcarrierOffset,dmrs-TypeA-Position,pdcch-ConfigSIB1,cellBarred,intraFreqReselection,以及预留的spare的1个比特;PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元中的1个或多个比特域。Optionally, if the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB is not indicated to be redefined, the first information element indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5) For example, the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
作为一种可选的实施方式,第一SSB还包括第一PO之前的第N个SS突发集至第N+M-1个SS突发集中的SSB,或,第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第N-M+1个SS突发集至所述第N个SS突发集中的SSB,M为大于或等于2的正整数。As an optional implementation manner, the first SSB also includes the SSBs in the Nth SS burst set to the N+M-1th SS burst set before the first PO, or the first SSB includes the first PO From the previous N-M+1th SS burst set to the SSB in the Nth SS burst set, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
也就是说,从第一PO之前的第N个SS突发集开始,再往之前(即离第一PO更远的方向)计数共连续M个SS突发集或往之后(即离第一PO更近的方向)计数共连续M个SS突发集中的SSB包括的PBCH用于承载第一信息,该第一信息用于指示在第一PO 是否存在终端设备的寻呼。That is to say, starting from the Nth SS burst set before the first PO, counting a total of M consecutive SS burst sets before (that is, farther away from the first PO) or afterward (that is, farther away from the first PO) The PBCH included in the SSBs in a total of M consecutive SS burst sets) is used to carry the first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device in the first PO.
应理解,M可由网络设备指示,例如通过DCI、MAC CE或RRC消息指示,或由协议预先定义,例如协议预先定义M=2。It should be understood that M may be indicated by a network device, for example, indicated by a DCI, MAC CE or RRC message, or predefined by a protocol, for example, M=2 is predefined by the protocol.
也可以认为,从第一PO之前的第N个SS突发集开始,连续M个SS突发集中的SSB与该第一PO关联,或从第一PO之前的第N个SS突发集开始,连续M个SS突发集中的SSB包括的PBCH与该第一PO关联。也就是说,一个SSB与一个PO关联,表示这个SSB承载的第一信息用于指示该SSB关联的PO上是否存在寻呼。It can also be considered that starting from the Nth SS burst set before the first PO, the SSBs in M consecutive SS burst sets are associated with the first PO, or starting from the Nth SS burst set before the first PO , the PBCHs included in the SSBs in M consecutive SS burst sets are associated with the first PO. That is, one SSB is associated with one PO, indicating that the first information carried by the SSB is used to indicate whether paging exists on the PO associated with the SSB.
作为一种示例,如图9所示,从第一PO之前的第3个SS突发集开始,往之后(即离第一PO更近的方向)计数共连续2个SS突发集中的SSB与该第一PO关联。As an example, as shown in Figure 9, starting from the third SS burst set before the first PO, counting SSBs in a total of two consecutive SS burst sets towards the end (that is, closer to the first PO) Associated with this first PO.
可选的,第一SSB还包括M1个连续的SS突发集中的至少一个SSB,该M1个连续的SS突发集中每个SS突发集位于第一PO之前,且每个SS突发集与第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且M1个连续的SS突发集中包含在第一PO之前、且与第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长、且包括与第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集。Optionally, the first SSB further includes at least one SSB in M1 consecutive SS burst sets, each SS burst set in the M1 continuous SS burst sets is located before the first PO, and each SS burst set The interval with the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and M1 consecutive SS bursts are included before the first PO, and the interval with the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and include The set of SS bursts with the shortest interval between the first POs.
也就是说,在第一PO之前且包括与第一PO之间间隔最短的并且间隔大于或等于第一时长的连续M1个SS突发集中的SSB包括的PBCH用于承载第一信息,该第一信息用于指示在第一PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼。That is to say, the PBCH included in the SSB in the M1 consecutive SS burst sets before the first PO and including the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration is used to carry the first information, and the first PO A message is used to indicate whether there is a paging of the terminal device at the first PO.
应理解,M1可由网络设备指示,例如通过DCI、MAC CE或RRC消息指示,或由协议预先定义,例如协议预先定义M1=2。It should be understood that M1 may be indicated by a network device, for example, indicated by a DCI, MAC CE or RRC message, or predefined by a protocol, for example, M1=2 is predefined by the protocol.
也可以认为,第一PO之前且包括与第一PO之间间隔最短的并且间隔大于或等于第一时长的连续M1个SS突发集中的SSB与该第一PO关联,或第一PO之前且包括与第一PO之间间隔最短的并且间隔大于或等于第一时长的连续M1个SS突发集中的SSB包括的PBCH与该第一PO关联。也就是说,一个SSB与一个PO关联,表示这个SSB承载的第一信息用于指示该SSB关联的PO上是否存在寻呼。It can also be considered that the SSBs in M1 consecutive SS burst sets before the first PO and including the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration are associated with the first PO, or the first PO is before and The PBCH included in the SSBs in the M1 consecutive SS burst sets with the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration is associated with the first PO. That is, one SSB is associated with one PO, indicating that the first information carried by the SSB is used to indicate whether paging exists on the PO associated with the SSB.
作为一种示例,如图10所示,在第一PO之前且包括与第一PO之间间隔最短的并且间隔大于或等于第一时长的连续2个SS突发集中的SSB与第一PO关联。As an example, as shown in FIG. 10 , the SSB in two consecutive SS bursts before the first PO and including the shortest interval between the first PO and the interval greater than or equal to the first duration is associated with the first PO .
图11为本申请一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图。图11所示的实施例中,执行该通信方法的执行主体是终端设备。其中,终端设备例如为手机、车辆内的软件模块、硬件模块、芯片或芯片系统。本申请实施例对此不做限定。Fig. 11 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , the execution entity executing the communication method is a terminal device. Wherein, the terminal device is, for example, a mobile phone, a software module, a hardware module, a chip or a chip system in a vehicle. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
如图11所示,本申请实施例提供的方法包括S1101、S1102和S1103。下面详细说明图11所示的方法中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 11 , the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S1101, S1102, and S1103. Each step in the method shown in FIG. 11 will be described in detail below.
S1101,终端设备确定第一SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB;所述第一时间窗的起始位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长;或,所述第一时间窗的起始位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;或,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长。S1101. The terminal device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device in the first PO, and the first SSB includes the first PO At least one SSB in the first time window; the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO Equal to the third duration; or, the interval between the starting position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the first time The interval between the end position of the window and the first PO is equal to the third duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration.
可选的,第一SSB中包括PBCH,PBCH可以承载第一信息。Optionally, the first SSB includes a PBCH, and the PBCH may carry the first information.
应理解,第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB,也就是说,第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB包括的PBCH用于承载第一信 息,该第一信息用于指示在第一PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼。It should be understood that the first SSB includes at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO, that is, the first SSB includes the PBCH included in at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO for carrying First information, where the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO.
PBCH承载第一信息,也可以描述成SSB承载第一信息,应理解,SSB承载第一信息,这里表示的是SSB包括的PBCH承载第一信息。The PBCH carries the first information, which may also be described as the SSB carrying the first information. It should be understood that the SSB carries the first information, and here it means that the PBCH included in the SSB carries the first information.
也可以认为,第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB与该第一PO关联,或第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB包括的PBCH与该第一PO关联。也就是说,一个SSB与一个PO关联,表示这个SSB承载的第一信息用于指示该SSB关联的PO上是否存在寻呼。It can also be considered that at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO is associated with the first PO, or the PBCH included in at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO is associated with the first PO. That is, one SSB is associated with one PO, indicating that the first information carried by the SSB is used to indicate whether paging exists on the PO associated with the SSB.
其中,第一时间窗可由网络设备指示,或由协议预先定义;第二时长、第三时长和第四时长中的任一个也可由网络设备指示,或协议预先定义,或根据UE上报的能力信息或辅助信息确定。Wherein, the first time window may be indicated by the network device, or pre-defined by the protocol; any one of the second time period, the third time period and the fourth time period may also be indicated by the network device, or the protocol is pre-defined, or according to the capability information reported by the UE Or auxiliary information is determined.
应理解,第二时长和第三时长、或、第二时长和第四时长、或、第三时长和第四时长可用于确定第一时间窗。It should be understood that the second duration and the third duration, or, the second duration and the fourth duration, or, the third duration and the fourth duration may be used to determine the first time window.
在一种实施方式中,第一时间窗(的起始位置/结束位置)与第一PO之间的间隔为该第一时间窗(的起始位置/结束位置)与第一PO的起始之间的时间间隔。In one embodiment, the interval between the first time window (the start position/end position) and the first PO is the first time window (the start position/end position) and the start position of the first PO time interval between.
在一种实施方式中,第一时间窗(的起始位置/结束位置)与第一PO之间的间隔为该第一时间窗(的起始位置/结束位置)与第一PO所在的寻呼帧的起始之间的时间间隔。In one embodiment, the distance between the first time window (the start position/end position) and the first PO is the distance between the first time window (the start position/end position) and the location where the first PO is located. The time interval between the start of call frames.
在一种实施方式中,第一时间窗(的起始位置/结束位置)与第一PO之间的间隔为该第一时间窗(的起始位置/结束位置)与第一PO所在的寻呼帧中的第一个PO的起始之间的时间间隔。In one embodiment, the distance between the first time window (the start position/end position) and the first PO is the distance between the first time window (the start position/end position) and the location where the first PO is located. The time interval between the start of the first PO in a call frame.
其中,一个寻呼帧可能包括一个或多个PO。Wherein, a paging frame may include one or more POs.
可选的,第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的所有SSB。Optionally, the first SSB includes all SSBs in the first time window before the first PO.
作为一种示例,如图12所示,第一时间窗内的SSB与第一PO关联。As an example, as shown in FIG. 12 , the SSB within the first time window is associated with the first PO.
S1102,终端设备接收所述第一SSB,并从所述第一SSB中获取所述第一信息。S1102. The terminal device receives the first SSB, and acquires the first information from the first SSB.
S1103,若所述第一信息指示在第一PO存在终端设备的寻呼,则该终端设备在该第一PO监听寻呼PDCCH。S1103. If the first information indicates that there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO, the terminal device monitors a paging PDCCH at the first PO.
可选的,终端设备可能还会接收该第一PO之前的其他SSB,用于时频同步和/或测量等,这些其他SSB不用于承载第一信息。Optionally, the terminal device may also receive other SSBs before the first PO for time-frequency synchronization and/or measurement, etc., and these other SSBs are not used to carry the first information.
若所述第一信息指示在第一PO不存在终端设备的寻呼,则该终端设备可以进入睡眠状态,不在该第一PO监听寻呼PDCCH。If the first information indicates that there is no paging of the terminal device at the first PO, the terminal device may enter a sleep state and not monitor the paging PDCCH at the first PO.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; It is defined that the first information element represents the first information.
可选的,若第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元未被指示重定义,则该第一信元指示传统的功能(例如,表4、表5中所示的功能),例如,第一信元包括以下至少一种:MIB中包括的信元,例如,systemFrameNumber,SubCarrierSpacingCommon,ssb-SubcarrierOffset,dmrs-TypeA-Position,pdcch-ConfigSIB1,cellBarred,intraFreqReselection,以及预留的spare的1个比特;PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元中的1个或多个比特域。Optionally, if the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB is not indicated to be redefined, the first information element indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5) For example, the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
图13为本申请另一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图。图13所示的实施例中,执行该通信方法的执行主体是网络设备。其中,网络设备例如为基站、分布式单元等。本申请 实施例对此不做限定。Fig. 13 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , the execution entity executing the communication method is a network device. Wherein, the network device is, for example, a base station, a distributed unit, and the like. The embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
如图13所示,本申请实施例提供的方法包括S1301和S1302。As shown in FIG. 13 , the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S1301 and S1302.
S1301,网络设备确定第一SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB;所述第一时间窗的起始位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长;或,所述第一时间窗的起始位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;或,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长。S1301. The network device determines the first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device in the first PO, and the first SSB includes the first PO At least one SSB in the first time window; the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO Equal to the third duration; or, the interval between the starting position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the first time The interval between the end position of the window and the first PO is equal to the third duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration.
该步骤中确定第一SSB的方法由网络设备执行,具体内容可以参考上述步骤S1101中的方法,只需将步骤S1101中的具体实施方式中的终端设备替换为网络设备即可。The method for determining the first SSB in this step is performed by the network device, and the specific content can refer to the method in the above step S1101, only need to replace the terminal device in the specific implementation manner in step S1101 with a network device.
S1302,网络设备发送所述第一SSB。S1302. The network device sends the first SSB.
该步骤中,网络设备在确定了第一SSB后,将该第一SSB发送至终端设备。In this step, after determining the first SSB, the network device sends the first SSB to the terminal device.
作为一种可选的实施方式,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。As an optional implementation manner, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, The first information element represents the first information.
可选的,若第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元未被指示重定义,则该第一信元指示传统的功能(例如,表4、表5中所示的功能),例如,第一信元包括以下至少一种:MIB中包括的信元,例如,systemFrameNumber,SubCarrierSpacingCommon,ssb-SubcarrierOffset,dmrs-TypeA-Position,pdcch-ConfigSIB1,cellBarred,intraFreqReselection,以及预留的spare的1个比特;PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元中的1个或多个比特域。Optionally, if the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB is not indicated to be redefined, the first information element indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5) For example, the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
应理解,如上的实施例中,第一PO是终端设备根据自己的UE_ID确定的用于监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH的PO。It should be understood that, in the above embodiment, the first PO is a PO determined by the terminal device according to its own UE_ID for monitoring the paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
可选的,一个SSB也可能会和多个PO关联。例如,如图14所示,一个PF包括2个PO,图14中的SS突发集1中的SSB既与PO1关联,也与PO2关联。例如,PBCH承载的信息包括2个比特,第一个比特用于指示在PO1是否存在寻呼,第二个比特用于指示在PO2是否存在寻呼。Optionally, one SSB may also be associated with multiple POs. For example, as shown in Figure 14, one PF includes 2 POs, and the SSB in SS burst set 1 in Figure 14 is associated with both PO1 and PO2. For example, the information carried by the PBCH includes 2 bits, the first bit is used to indicate whether there is paging at PO1, and the second bit is used to indicate whether there is paging at PO2.
应理解,一个SS突发集内可能包括多个实际发送的SSB,因此,一个SS突发集内可能同时有多个SSB与一个PO关联。本申请中,与一个PO关联的同一个SS突发集内的不同的SSB承载的第一信息相同。例如,一个SS突发集内包括2个实际发送的SSB,SSB1和SSB2,这2个SSB承载的第一信息要么都指示在第一PO存在寻呼,要么都指示在第一PO不存在寻呼,UE不期待其中一个SSB承载的第一信息指示在第一PO存在寻呼,而另一个SSB承载的第一信息指示在第一PO不存在寻呼。It should be understood that one SS burst set may include multiple actually transmitted SSBs, therefore, one SS burst set may simultaneously have multiple SSBs associated with one PO. In this application, the first information carried by different SSBs in the same SS burst set associated with a PO is the same. For example, an SS burst set includes two actually transmitted SSBs, SSB1 and SSB2, and the first information carried by these two SSBs either indicates that there is paging in the first PO, or both indicate that there is no paging in the first PO. The UE does not expect that the first information carried by one of the SSBs indicates that there is paging at the first PO, while the first information carried by the other SSB indicates that there is no paging at the first PO.
如果多个SS突发集与一个PO关联,例如,SS突发集1和SS突发集2都和PO1关联,则,一种实现方式为与PO1关联的所有SSB承载的第一信息都相同。这样,UE只需要选择接收任意一个SS突发集中的SSB就能收到第一信息,然后就能判断是否在PO1存在寻呼,有利于UE根据自身的时频同步性能选择在SS突发集1之前唤醒接收SS突发集1内的SSB还是在SS突发集2之前唤醒接收SS突发集2内的SSB,有利于节省UE功耗。If multiple SS burst sets are associated with one PO, for example, both SS burst set 1 and SS burst set 2 are associated with PO1, then an implementation manner is that the first information carried by all SSBs associated with PO1 is the same . In this way, the UE only needs to choose to receive the SSB in any SS burst set to receive the first information, and then it can judge whether there is paging in PO1, which is beneficial for the UE to select the SS burst set in the SS burst set according to its own time-frequency synchronization performance. Whether the SSB in SS burst set 1 is woken up before SS burst set 1 or the SSB in SS burst set 2 is woken up before SS burst set 2 is beneficial to save UE power consumption.
应理解,若第一信息指示在第一PO存在终端设备的寻呼,不一定表示该终端设备一定被寻呼,具体的,可根据寻呼PDCCH调度的寻呼消息(承载于PDCCH调度的PDSCH中)来确定终端设备实际上是否被寻呼。It should be understood that if the first information indicates that there is paging of the terminal device in the first PO, it does not necessarily mean that the terminal device must be paged. Middle) to determine whether the end device is actually paged.
可选的,可能会有多个UE监听同一个PO,监听同一个PO的多个UE可以被分成多个UE组,针对其中的一个UE组,第一信息可以指示在对应的PO是否存在该UE组的寻呼,如果一个UE组被指示存在寻呼,则表明该UE组中存在至少一个UE被寻呼,则这个UE组中的UE都要在对应的PO监听寻呼PDCCH。Optionally, there may be multiple UEs monitoring the same PO, and the multiple UEs monitoring the same PO may be divided into multiple UE groups, and for one of the UE groups, the first information may indicate whether the corresponding PO exists For paging of a UE group, if a UE group is indicated to have paging, it indicates that at least one UE in the UE group is paged, and all UEs in the UE group must monitor the paging PDCCH at the corresponding PO.
应理解,第一信息指示在一个PO是否存在UE的寻呼,也可以表述成:第一信息指示UE或UE所在的UE组是否在该PO监听寻呼PDCCH。It should be understood that the first information indicates whether there is paging of the UE in a PO, and may also be expressed as: the first information indicates whether the UE or the UE group to which the UE belongs monitors the PDCCH for paging in the PO.
进一步的,第一信息还可以指示在PO是否存在短消息(short messages),和/或是否存在寻呼PDSCH的调度信息。若存在短消息,则网络设备会在PO发送寻呼PDCCH,且寻呼PDCCH承载的DCI中的短消息指示域(short message indicator)设置成“10”或“11”;若存在PDSCH的调度信息,则网络设备会在PO发送寻呼PDCCH,且寻呼PDCCH承载的DCI中的短消息指示域(short message indicator)设置成“01”或“11”,寻呼PDCCH承载的DCI会包括PDSCH的调度信息。其中,短消息承载于寻呼PDCCH承载的DCI中。Further, the first information may also indicate whether there are short messages (short messages) in the PO, and/or whether there is paging PDSCH scheduling information. If there is a short message, the network device will send a paging PDCCH at the PO, and the short message indicator field (short message indicator) in the DCI carried by the paging PDCCH is set to "10" or "11"; if there is PDSCH scheduling information , the network device will send a paging PDCCH at the PO, and the short message indicator field (short message indicator) in the DCI carried by the paging PDCCH is set to "01" or "11", and the DCI carried by the paging PDCCH will include the PDSCH Scheduling information. Wherein, the short message is carried in the DCI carried by the paging PDCCH.
应理解,若第一信息指示在PO既不存在短消息,也不存在寻呼PDSCH的调度信息,则表示在该PO不存在寻呼,即不存在寻呼PDCCH和寻呼PDSCH。It should be understood that if the first information indicates that there is neither short message nor paging PDSCH scheduling information in the PO, it means that there is no paging in the PO, that is, there is no paging PDCCH and paging PDSCH.
应理解,若第一信息指示在PO存在寻呼,则表示在该PO存在寻呼PDCCH和寻呼PDSCH,或者,只存在寻呼PDCCH,不存在寻呼PDSCH。It should be understood that if the first information indicates that there is paging in the PO, it means that there is a paging PDCCH and a paging PDSCH in the PO, or there is only a paging PDCCH and no paging PDSCH.
作为一种示例,假设第一PO之前的第3个SS突发集中的SSB与第一PO关联,则本示例的流程图如图15所示。As an example, assuming that the SSB in the third SS burst set before the first PO is associated with the first PO, the flow chart of this example is shown in FIG. 15 .
S1501,UE确定第一PO之前的第3个SS突发集中的SSB与第一PO关联,该SSB中承载第一信息,该第一信息用于指示在第一PO是否存在UE的寻呼。S1501. The UE determines that the SSB in the third SS burst set before the first PO is associated with the first PO, and the SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the UE in the first PO.
S1502,UE接收该SSB。S1502. The UE receives the SSB.
该步骤中,UE接收了该SSB,并从中获取第一信息。若第一信息指示在第一PO存在UE的寻呼,则执行S1503;若第一信息指示在第一PO不存在UE的寻呼,则执行S1504。In this step, the UE receives the SSB and obtains first information therefrom. If the first information indicates that there is paging of the UE in the first PO, perform S1503; if the first information indicates that there is no paging of the UE in the first PO, perform S1504.
S1503,UE在第一PO监听寻呼PDCCH。S1503, the UE monitors the paging PDCCH at the first PO.
应理解,UE可能还会接收第一PO之前的其他SSB,例如该第一PO之前的第1个和第2个SS突发集中的SSB。It should be understood that the UE may also receive other SSBs before the first PO, for example, the SSBs in the first and second SS burst sets before the first PO.
S1504,UE进入睡眠状态,在第一PO不监听寻呼PDCCH。S1504, the UE enters a sleep state, and does not monitor the paging PDCCH in the first PO.
应理解,UE在一个寻呼DRX周期之后的属于它自己的PO之前的第3个SS突发集中的SSB处会继续监听第一信息。It should be understood that the UE will continue to monitor the first information at the SSB in the third SS burst set before its own PO after a paging DRX cycle.
基于以上对承载第一信息的SSB位置的确定,明确了UE何时监听第一信息,可以使得网络设备和UE对齐理解;而对non-CD-SSB的PBCH payload承载的信息进行重解释,还可以用于指示其他功能,例如指示参考信号资源的可用状态。Based on the above determination of the position of the SSB carrying the first information, it is clear when the UE listens to the first information, which can make the network device and the UE align and understand; and reinterpret the information carried by the non-CD-SSB PBCH payload, and also It can be used to indicate other functions, such as indicating the available status of reference signal resources.
下面结合附图对non-CD-SSB的PBCH payload承载的信息指示参考信号的可用状态进行详细描述。The availability status of the information indication reference signal carried by the non-CD-SSB PBCH payload will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
在目前相关技术中,UE在RRC idle/inactive态可以接收参考信号的指示信息,用于指示参考信号是否存在,或者用于指示参考信号是否可用。而UE在RRC idle/inactive态执行时频同步/测量等时使用的参考信号是SSB,但根据SSB,UE只能执行粗时频同步, 执行测量的精度也不高,一般UE需要接收多个SSB(例如低SINR下需要接收2至3个)才能完成时频同步/测量,这会增加UE功耗。In the current related technology, the UE can receive the indication information of the reference signal in the RRC idle/inactive state, which is used to indicate whether the reference signal exists or whether the reference signal is available. The reference signal used by the UE when performing time-frequency synchronization/measurement in the RRC idle/inactive state is SSB, but according to the SSB, the UE can only perform coarse time-frequency synchronization, and the accuracy of measurement is not high. Generally, the UE needs to receive multiple SSB (for example, 2 to 3 receptions are required at low SINR) to complete time-frequency synchronization/measurement, which will increase UE power consumption.
所以,目前在讨论将为RRC connnected态的UE配置的参考信号资源通知给RRC idle/inactive态的UE,由于这些参考信号资源已经为RRC connnected态的UE配置了,所以并不会新增资源开销。为RRC connected UE配置的参考信号资源的密度和频域宽度一般较大,UE据此执行时频同步和测量的精度较高。Therefore, it is currently discussing that the reference signal resources configured for UEs in RRC connected state will be notified to UEs in RRC idle/inactive state. Since these reference signal resources have already been configured for UEs in RRC connected state, there will be no new resource overhead. . The density and frequency domain width of the reference signal resources configured for the RRC connected UE are generally large, and the UE performs time-frequency synchronization and measurement with high precision accordingly.
这些参考信号的指示信息一般认为是通过PEI承载,或者由寻呼PDCCH承载的DCI/寻呼PDSCH承载。The indication information of these reference signals is generally considered to be carried by the PEI, or carried by the DCI/paging PDSCH carried by the paging PDCCH.
而通过Paging DCI/PDSCH承载参考信号的指示信息,可能存在一种情况,不存在UE被寻呼也不存在短消息,此时网络设备并不需要发送paging DCI/PDSCH,但为了发送参考信号的指示信息,可能仍需要发送paging DCI/PDSCH,因此,通过Paging DCI/PDSCH承载参考信号的指示信息可能会增加资源开销。如果网络设备不发送参考信号的指示信息,那么UE就可能不能及时获得参考信号的指示信息,网络设备可能也不能及时的更改参考信号的发送状态,这样会增加资源开销,降低资源利用效率,增大网络设备功耗。另外,由于PEI一般不是通过现有的信道或信号来承载,而是新增的信道/信号承载PEI,因此,通过PEI承载参考信号的指示信息也可能会占据额外的时频资源,会增大资源开销,增大网络设备功耗,降低资源利用效率。However, there may be a situation where the indication information of the reference signal is carried by the Paging DCI/PDSCH. There may be a situation where the UE is not paged and there is no short message. At this time, the network device does not need to send the paging DCI/PDSCH, but in order to send the reference signal The indication information may still need to send the paging DCI/PDSCH, therefore, the indication information of the reference signal carried by the Paging DCI/PDSCH may increase resource overhead. If the network device does not send the indication information of the reference signal, then the UE may not be able to obtain the indication information of the reference signal in time, and the network device may not be able to change the sending status of the reference signal in time, which will increase resource overhead, reduce resource utilization efficiency, and increase Power consumption of large network devices. In addition, because PEI is generally not carried by existing channels or signals, but by newly added channels/signals, the indication information of reference signals carried by PEI may also occupy additional time-frequency resources and increase Resource overhead increases the power consumption of network devices and reduces resource utilization efficiency.
为了降低资源开销,本申请实施例提出了一种通信方法,该方法中,通过使用SSB承载指示信息,来指示参考信号资源的可用状态,可以节省资源开销,提高资源利用率,同时也可以节省UE的功耗。In order to reduce resource overhead, this embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method. In this method, by using SSB to carry indication information to indicate the availability status of reference signal resources, resource overhead can be saved, resource utilization can be improved, and resource utilization can also be saved. UE power consumption.
图16为本申请一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图。图16所示的实施例中,执行该通信方法的执行主体是终端设备。其中,终端设备例如为手机、车辆内的软件模块、硬件模块、芯片或芯片系统。本申请实施例对此不做限定。FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 16 , the execution entity executing the communication method is a terminal device. Wherein, the terminal device is, for example, a mobile phone, a software module, a hardware module, a chip or a chip system in a vehicle. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
如图16所示,本申请实施例提供的方法包括S1601、S1602和S1603。下面详细说明图16所示的方法中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 16 , the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S1601, S1602, and S1603. Each step in the method shown in FIG. 16 will be described in detail below.
S1601,终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置参考信号资源。S1601. The terminal device receives configuration information sent from the network device, where the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources.
S1602,终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的第一SSB,该第一SSB中承载第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态。S1602. The terminal device receives the first SSB sent from the network device, where the first SSB carries second information, where the second information is used to indicate an available state of at least one of the configured reference signal resources.
可选的,第一SSB包括的PBCH可以承载第二信息。Optionally, the PBCH included in the first SSB may carry the second information.
PBCH承载第二信息,也可以描述成SSB承载第二信息,应理解,SSB承载第二信息,这里表示的是SSB包括的PBCH承载第二信息。The PBCH carries the second information, which may also be described as the SSB carrying the second information. It should be understood that the SSB carries the second information, which means that the PBCH included in the SSB carries the second information.
S1603,若根据第二信息确定所述参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态为可用,则终端设备在所述参考信号资源中可用状态为可用的参考信号资源的部分或全部上接收参考信号。S1603. If it is determined according to the second information that the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the terminal device receives reference signals on part or all of the reference signal resources whose availability status is available among the reference signal resources.
该步骤中,若根据第二信息确定所述参考信号资源中的至少一个不可用,则终端设备在所述参考信号资源中不可用的参考信号资源上不接收参考信号。In this step, if it is determined according to the second information that at least one of the reference signal resources is unavailable, the terminal device does not receive reference signals on unavailable reference signal resources among the reference signal resources.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,则第一信元表示第二信息。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; defined, the first information element represents the second information.
可选的,若第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元未被指示重定义,则该第一信元指示传统的功能(例如,表4、表5中所示的功能),例如,第一信元包括以下至少一种:MIB中包括的信元,例如,systemFrameNumber,SubCarrierSpacingCommon,ssb-SubcarrierOffset,dmrs-TypeA-Position,pdcch-ConfigSIB1,cellBarred,intraFreqReselection,以及预留的spare的1个比特;PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元中的1个或多个比特域。Optionally, if the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB is not indicated to be redefined, the first information element indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5) For example, the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
图17为本申请另一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图。图17所示的实施例中,执行该通信方法的执行主体是网络设备。其中,网络设备例如为基站、分布式单元等。本申请实施例对此不做限定。Fig. 17 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 17 , the execution entity executing the communication method is a network device. Wherein, the network device is, for example, a base station, a distributed unit, and the like. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
如图17所示,本申请实施例提供的方法包括S1701、S1702和S1703。As shown in FIG. 17 , the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S1701, S1702, and S1703.
S1701,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置参考信号资源。S1701. The network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources.
S1702,网络设备向终端设备发送第一SSB,该第一SSB中承载第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态。S1702. The network device sends a first SSB to the terminal device, where the first SSB carries second information, where the second information is used to indicate an available state of at least one of the configured reference signal resources.
可选的,第一SSB包括的PBCH可以承载第二信息。Optionally, the PBCH included in the first SSB may carry the second information.
PBCH承载第二信息,也可以描述成SSB承载第二信息,应理解,SSB承载第二信息,这里表示的是SSB包括的PBCH承载第二信息。The PBCH carries the second information, which may also be described as the SSB carrying the second information. It should be understood that the SSB carries the second information, which means that the PBCH included in the SSB carries the second information.
S1703,若根据第二信息确定所述参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态为可用,则网络设备在所述参考信号资源中可用状态为可用的参考信号资源上发送参考信号。S1703. If it is determined according to the second information that the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the network device sends a reference signal on a reference signal resource whose availability status is available among the reference signal resources.
该步骤中,若根据第二信息确定所述参考信号资源中的至少一个不可用,则网络设备在所述参考信号资源中不可用的参考信号资源上不发送参考信号。In this step, if it is determined according to the second information that at least one of the reference signal resources is unavailable, the network device does not send a reference signal on the unavailable reference signal resources among the reference signal resources.
作为一种可选的实施方式,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,则第一信元表示第二信息。As an optional implementation manner, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, Then the first information element represents the second information.
可选的,若第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元未被指示重定义,则该第一信元指示传统的功能(例如,表4、表5中所示的功能),例如,第一信元包括以下至少一种:MIB中包括的信元,例如,systemFrameNumber,SubCarrierSpacingCommon,ssb-SubcarrierOffset,dmrs-TypeA-Position,pdcch-ConfigSIB1,cellBarred,intraFreqReselection,以及预留的spare的1个比特;PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元中的1个或多个比特域。Optionally, if the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB is not indicated to be redefined, the first information element indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5) For example, the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
作为一种可选的实施方式,存在一个周期时间窗,如图18所示,时间窗的周期等于时间窗的长度。As an optional implementation manner, there is a periodic time window. As shown in FIG. 18 , the period of the time window is equal to the length of the time window.
应理解,时间窗的周期和时间窗的时长可由网络设备配置或协议预先定义。例如,时间窗的周期等于默认DRX周期,或UE的寻呼DRX周期。It should be understood that the period of the time window and the duration of the time window may be predefined by network device configuration or protocol. For example, the period of the time window is equal to the default DRX period, or the paging DRX period of the UE.
应理解,周期时间窗中每个时间窗的起始(或每个周期的起始)可由网络设备指示,或由协议预先定义。例如,网络设备可配置一个周期偏移,周期偏移用于确定周期时间窗中每个周期的起始。这里,周期时间窗中每个时间窗的起始也就是每个周期的起始。It should be understood that the start of each time window (or the start of each cycle) in the periodic time window may be indicated by the network device, or pre-defined by the protocol. For example, the network device may be configured with a cycle offset, which is used to determine the start of each cycle in the cycle time window. Here, the start of each time window in the periodic time window is also the start of each cycle.
作为一种可选的实施方式,第一SSB位于第二时间窗内,参考信号资源中的至少一个位于第三时间窗内,第三时间窗位于第二时间窗之后,第二时间窗和第三时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,第二时间窗的长度和第三时间窗的长度等于周期性时间窗的周期。As an optional implementation manner, the first SSB is located in the second time window, at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the third time window, the third time window is located after the second time window, and the second time window and the second time window The three time windows are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the second time window and the length of the third time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
此时,第二时间窗内的第一SSB承载的第二信息用于指示第三时间窗内的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态。At this time, the second information carried by the first SSB in the second time window is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources in the third time window.
具体如图19所示,SSB具有一定的周期,参考信号也有一定的周期。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 19 , the SSB has a certain period, and the reference signal also has a certain period.
可选的,第二时间窗内的不同SSB承载的第二信息相同。Optionally, the second information carried by different SSBs within the second time window is the same.
若第二信息指示第三时间窗内的参考信号资源可用,则UE可以在第三时间窗内的参考信号资源上接收参考信号;若第二信息指示第三时间窗内的参考信号资源不可用,则UE在第二时间窗内的参考信号资源上不接收参考信号。If the second information indicates that the reference signal resources in the third time window are available, the UE may receive the reference signal on the reference signal resources in the third time window; if the second information indicates that the reference signal resources in the third time window are not available , the UE does not receive the reference signal on the reference signal resource in the second time window.
可选的,第三时间窗内的参考信号资源的不同发送时机处的参考信号资源的可用状态是相同的。Optionally, available states of the reference signal resources at different sending opportunities of the reference signal resources in the third time window are the same.
作为另一种可选的实施方式,第一SSB位于第二时间窗内,参考信号资源中的至少一个也位于第二时间窗内,第二时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的任一个时间窗,第二时间窗的长度等于周期性时间窗的周期。As another optional implementation manner, the first SSB is located in the second time window, at least one of the reference signal resources is also located in the second time window, and the second time window is a plurality of time windows included in the periodic time window For any one of the time windows, the length of the second time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
此时,第二时间窗内的第一SSB承载的第二信息用于指示该第二时间窗内的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态。At this time, the second information carried by the first SSB in the second time window is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources in the second time window.
可选的,第二时间窗内的不同SSB承载的第二信息相同。Optionally, the second information carried by different SSBs within the second time window is the same.
若第二信息指示第二时间窗内的参考信号资源可用,则UE可以在第二时间窗内的参考信号资源上接收参考信号;若第二信息指示第二时间窗内的参考信号资源不可用,则UE在第二时间窗内的参考信号资源上不接收参考信号。If the second information indicates that the reference signal resources in the second time window are available, the UE may receive the reference signal on the reference signal resources in the second time window; if the second information indicates that the reference signal resources in the second time window are not available , the UE does not receive the reference signal on the reference signal resource in the second time window.
可选的,第二时间窗内的参考信号资源的不同发送时机处的参考信号资源的可用状态是相同的。Optionally, available states of the reference signal resources at different sending opportunities of the reference signal resources in the second time window are the same.
作为又一种可选的实施方式,所述参考信号资源中的至少一个位于第四时间窗内;其中,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB的结束时间相同,或,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB所在的SS突发集的结束时间相同,或,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB所在的时隙的起始时间相同,或,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB所在的时隙的结束时间相同,或,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB所在时隙的下一个时隙的起始时间相同,或,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB所在的半帧的结束时间相同,或,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB所在的半帧的起始时间相同,或,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB所在的SS突发集包括的最后一个SSB所在时隙的结束时间相同,或,第四时间窗位于第一SSB之后且第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB之间的间隔等于第五时长,或,第四时间窗位于第一SSB之后且第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB所在的SS突发集包括的最后一个SSB之间的间隔等于第五时长,或第四时间窗的起始时间位于第一SSB之后且位于第一PO之前,第一SSB位于第一PO之前,第一PO是终端设备确定的用于监听寻呼PDCCH的PO。As yet another optional implementation manner, at least one of the reference signal resources is located in a fourth time window; wherein, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the first SSB, or, the fourth time The start time of the window is the same as the end time of the SS burst set where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the fourth time window The start time of the window is the same as the end time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the next time slot of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the fourth time window The start time of the window is the same as the end time of the half frame where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the half frame where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window The start time is the same as the end time of the time slot where the last SSB included in the SS burst set where the first SSB is located, or, the fourth time window is located after the first SSB and the start time of the fourth time window is after the first SSB The interval between is equal to the fifth duration, or, the fourth time window is located after the first SSB and the interval between the start time of the fourth time window and the last SSB included in the SS burst set where the first SSB is located is equal to the fifth The duration, or the start time of the fourth time window is located after the first SSB and before the first PO, the first SSB is before the first PO, and the first PO is a PO determined by the terminal device for monitoring the paging PDCCH.
其中,一个SS突发集的结束时间为该SS突发集包括的最后一个SSB的结束时间。Wherein, the end time of an SS burst set is the end time of the last SSB included in the SS burst set.
此时,第一SSB承载的第二信息用于指示第四时间窗内的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态。At this time, the second information carried by the first SSB is used to indicate an available state of at least one of the reference signal resources in the fourth time window.
其中,第四时间窗的长度可以是第二信息指示的,或网络设备预先指示/配置的,或协议预先定义的,可选的,网络设备可指示或协议预先定义第四时间窗的长度,或者,可选的,网络设备可指示或协议预先定义第四时间窗的结束时间。第四时间窗相对第一SSB的时域位置可由网络设备指示,或由协议预先定义。Wherein, the length of the fourth time window may be indicated by the second information, or pre-indicated/configured by the network device, or pre-defined by the protocol. Optionally, the network device may indicate or pre-define the length of the fourth time window by the protocol, Or, optionally, the network device may indicate or predefine an end time of the fourth time window by agreement. The time domain position of the fourth time window relative to the first SSB may be indicated by a network device, or predefined by a protocol.
第五时长的长度可由网络设备指示,或由协议预先定义。例如,第五时长和终端设备对SSB的处理时间有关,第五时长大于或等于终端设备对SSB的处理时间。终端设备对SSB的处理时间包含如下至少一项:PSS/SSS的处理时间、PBCH的译码时间、PBCH的解析时间等。The length of the fifth duration may be indicated by a network device, or predefined by a protocol. For example, the fifth duration is related to the processing time of the terminal device on the SSB, and the fifth duration is greater than or equal to the processing time of the terminal device on the SSB. The processing time of the terminal device for the SSB includes at least one of the following: processing time of the PSS/SSS, decoding time of the PBCH, parsing time of the PBCH, and the like.
作为一种示例,第四时间窗的起始与第一SSB所在的SS突发集的结束相同,第四时间窗的结束与第一PO的起始相同。As an example, the start of the fourth time window is the same as the end of the SS burst set where the first SSB is located, and the end of the fourth time window is the same as the start of the first PO.
作为又一种示例,第一SSB是第一PO之前的第3个SS突发集中的SSB,第四时间窗的起始时间位于第一PO之前,且与第一PO的起始时间间隔时长1,第四时间窗的长度为时长2。As another example, the first SSB is the SSB in the third SS burst set before the first PO, and the start time of the fourth time window is located before the first PO, and is separated from the start time of the first PO by a period of time 1. The length of the fourth time window is duration 2.
示例性地,该实施方式的示意图如图20所示,PO之前的第3个SS突发集中的SSB承载的第二信息用于指示在第四时间窗内参考信号资源的可用状态。Exemplarily, a schematic diagram of this embodiment is shown in FIG. 20 , the second information carried by the SSB in the third SS burst set before the PO is used to indicate the available status of the reference signal resource in the fourth time window.
应理解,参考信号资源的周期和使用的时频资源等参数可由网络设备预先配置,例如由系统消息配置,例如通过SIB1,或其他SIB,例如SIB2,或者由RRC连接态的RRC信令配置。It should be understood that parameters such as the cycle of reference signal resources and the time-frequency resources used can be pre-configured by network equipment, for example, configured by system messages, such as SIB1, or other SIBs, such as SIB2, or configured by RRC signaling in RRC connected state.
参考信号包括如下中的至少一种:信道状态信息参考信号(CSI-RS),追踪参考信号(tracking reference signal,TRS)。The reference signal includes at least one of the following: channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS).
应理解,参考信号资源可是配置给RRC连接态的UE的参考信号资源。It should be understood that the reference signal resource may be the reference signal resource configured for the UE in the RRC connected state.
参考信号资源包括如下至少一种:周期性参考信号资源,或半持续性(semi-persistent)参考信号资源。The reference signal resources include at least one of the following: periodic reference signal resources, or semi-persistent (semi-persistent) reference signal resources.
针对RRC连接态的UE,如果网络设备配置了周期性参考信号资源,则不需要其他信令激活,网络设备就会在周期性参考信号资源发送参考信号。如果网络设备配置了半持续性参考信号资源,网络设备还需要通过MAC CE信令激活该半持续性参考信号资源,然后,网络设备才会在激活的半持续性参考信号资源发送参考信号,另外,网络设备也可以通过MAC CE信令去激活半持续性参考信号资源。For UEs in the RRC connected state, if the network device is configured with periodic reference signal resources, the network device will send reference signals on the periodic reference signal resources without other signaling activation. If the network device is configured with semi-persistent reference signal resources, the network device also needs to activate the semi-persistent reference signal resources through MAC CE signaling, and then the network device will send reference signals on the activated semi-persistent reference signal resources, and in addition , the network device can also deactivate the semi-persistent reference signal resource through MAC CE signaling.
可选的,第二信息指示参考信号资源的可用状态,包括:第二信息指示参考信号资源可用,或不可用,或是否可用。Optionally, the second information indicates the availability status of the reference signal resource, including: the second information indicates that the reference signal resource is available, unavailable, or whether it is available.
应理解,第二信息指示参考信号资源可用、或不可用、或是否可用表示第二信息指示参考信号资源的可用状态为可用、或不可用、或是否可用。It should be understood that the second information indicating that the reference signal resource is available, or unavailable, or whether it is available means that the second information indicates that the availability state of the reference signal resource is available, unavailable, or whether it is available.
参考信号资源可用表示,网络设备会在参考信号资源上发送参考信号,此时,UE可以在参考信号资源接收参考信号,可以基于参考信号执行时频同步和/或测量等。Available reference signal resources indicate that the network device will send a reference signal on the reference signal resource. At this time, the UE can receive the reference signal on the reference signal resource, and can perform time-frequency synchronization and/or measurement based on the reference signal.
参考信号资源不可用表示,网络设备在参考信号资源上不发送或可能不发送参考信号,此时,UE不在参考信号资源接收参考信号,可以通过接收SSB实现时频同步和/或测量等。Reference signal resource unavailable means that the network device does not or may not send reference signals on reference signal resources. At this time, UE does not receive reference signals on reference signal resources, and can realize time-frequency synchronization and/or measurement by receiving SSB.
第二信息指示参考信号资源的可用状态为是否可用。例如,在一种实现方式中,第二信息用于指示配置的参考信号资源中部分参考信号资源可用,部分参考信号资源不可用。在又一种实现方式中,第二信息用于指示配置的参考信号资源中全部参考信号资源可用,或全部参考信号资源不可用。The second information indicates whether the available state of the reference signal resource is available. For example, in an implementation manner, the second information is used to indicate that some of the reference signal resources in the configured reference signal resources are available and some of the reference signal resources are unavailable. In yet another implementation manner, the second information is used to indicate that all the reference signal resources in the configured reference signal resources are available, or all the reference signal resources are unavailable.
第二信息指示参考信号资源的可用状态为可用。例如,在一种实现方式中,第二信息用于指示配置的参考信号资源中部分参考信号资源可用。可选的,协议预先定义或网络设备配置参考信号资源中未被第二信息指示可用的参考信号资源的可用状态。例如,参考信号资源中未被第二信息指示可用的参考信号资源的可用状态为不可用。The second information indicates that the available state of the reference signal resource is available. For example, in an implementation manner, the second information is used to indicate that some of the configured reference signal resources are available. Optionally, the protocol predefines or the network device configures the availability status of the reference signal resources that are not indicated by the second information as being available. For example, the available state of the reference signal resources not indicated by the second information as available among the reference signal resources is unavailable.
第二信息指示参考信号资源的可用状态为不可用。例如,在一种实现方式中,第二信息用于指示配置的参考信号资源中部分参考信号资源不可用。可选的,协议预先定义或网络设备配置参考信号资源中未被第二信息指示不可用的参考信号资源的可用状态。例如,参考信号资源中未被第二信息指示不可用的参考信号资源的可用状态为可用。The second information indicates that the available state of the reference signal resource is unavailable. For example, in an implementation manner, the second information is used to indicate that some of the configured reference signal resources are unavailable. Optionally, the protocol predefines or the network device configures an availability status of reference signal resources that are not indicated as unavailable by the second information. For example, the available state of the reference signal resources not indicated by the second information as unavailable among the reference signal resources is available.
应理解,参考信号资源可用于终端设备执行如下至少一种功能:时频跟踪、波束管理、RRM测量、RLM测量、CSI测量。It should be understood that the reference signal resource may be used by the terminal device to perform at least one of the following functions: time-frequency tracking, beam management, RRM measurement, RLM measurement, and CSI measurement.
该实施例中,由于SSB是周期性发送的,网络设备可以更灵活的确定参考信号的发送,更及时的通知UE参考信号资源的可用状态,而不需要依赖于PEI/paging PDCCH/paging PDSCH的发送。所以,还可以节省资源开销,提高资源利用效率,降低网络设备功耗。此外,UE本身就需要接收SSB,可以避免UE为了参考信号的指示信息去接收PEI/paging PDCCH/paging PDSCH,减少了UE的流程,可以节省UE功耗。In this embodiment, since the SSB is sent periodically, the network device can more flexibly determine the sending of the reference signal, and notify the UE of the available status of the reference signal resource in a more timely manner without relying on the PEI/paging PDCCH/paging PDSCH send. Therefore, resource overhead can also be saved, resource utilization efficiency can be improved, and power consumption of network devices can be reduced. In addition, the UE itself needs to receive the SSB, which can prevent the UE from receiving PEI/paging PDCCH/paging PDSCH for the indication information of the reference signal, which reduces the UE process and saves UE power consumption.
另外,第二信息还可以从波束粒度上指示参考信号资源的可用状态。In addition, the second information may also indicate the available state of the reference signal resource at the beam granularity.
本领域技术人员可以理解,在NR系统中,不同的参考信号之间,或者不同参考信号资源之间,或者不同天线端口(antenna port)之间可以配置准共址(quasi co-location,QCL)关系。如果两个天线端口具有QCL关系,则表明从一个端口计算出的大尺度信道衰落参数可以推断另一个端口所经历的大尺度信道衰落参数,其中,大尺度信道衰落参数包括如下参数中的至少一个:时延扩展(delay spread)、多普勒扩展(doppler spread)、多普勒频移(doppler shift)、平均增益(average gain)、平均时延(average delay)或者空间接收参数(spatial Rx parameters)。Those skilled in the art can understand that in the NR system, quasi co-location (quasi co-location, QCL) can be configured between different reference signals, or between different reference signal resources, or between different antenna ports (antenna ports). relation. If two antenna ports have a QCL relationship, it indicates that the large-scale channel fading parameters calculated from one port can infer the large-scale channel fading parameters experienced by the other port, wherein the large-scale channel fading parameters include at least one of the following parameters : delay spread, doppler spread, doppler shift, average gain, average delay or spatial Rx parameters ).
另外,QCL关系通常可以通过传输配置指示(transmission configuration indication,TCI)状态进行配置。TCI状态可以关联1个或2个除了参考信号之外的其他的参考信号作为QCL源参考信号,且配置当前参考信号天线端口与源参考信号之间的QCL类型。目前,NR协议支持配置4种QCL类型,分别为QCL-TypeA,QCL-TypeB,QCL-TypeC,QCL-TypeD。In addition, the QCL relationship can usually be configured through a transmission configuration indication (TCI) state. The TCI state can be associated with one or two reference signals other than the reference signal as the QCL source reference signal, and configure the QCL type between the current reference signal antenna port and the source reference signal. Currently, the NR protocol supports the configuration of four QCL types, namely QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, QCL-TypeC, and QCL-TypeD.
需要说明的是,本申请所提及的两个参考信号(或者参考信号资源)之间具有QCL关系,或者说是QCL的,可以表明这两个参考信号(或者参考信号资源)之间的QCL关系为QCL-TypeA、QCL-TypeB、QCL-TypeC或者QCL-TypeD中的一种或多种。It should be noted that there is a QCL relationship between the two reference signals (or reference signal resources) mentioned in this application, or QCL, which can indicate the QCL between the two reference signals (or reference signal resources). The relationship is one or more of QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, QCL-TypeC or QCL-TypeD.
配置信息配置参考信号资源时,可配置参考信号资源和SSB之间的QCL关系。When the configuration information configures the reference signal resource, the QCL relationship between the reference signal resource and the SSB can be configured.
作为一种实现方式,第一SSB中承载第二信息,第二信息用于指示配置的参考信号资源中与所述第一SSB具有QCL关系的至少一个参考信号资源的可用状态。As an implementation manner, the first SSB carries second information, and the second information is used to indicate an available state of at least one reference signal resource that has a QCL relationship with the first SSB among the configured reference signal resources.
例如,第二信息用于指示配置的参考信号资源中与所述第一SSB具有QCL关系的参考信号资源是否可用。For example, the second information is used to indicate whether a reference signal resource having a QCL relationship with the first SSB among the configured reference signal resources is available.
作为一个示例,一个SS突发集包括2个实际发送的SSB,称为SSB#0和SSB#1,参考信号资源包括RS#0和RS#1,其中,RS#0和SSB#0具有QCL关系,RS#1和SSB#1具有QCL关系,SSB#0承载的第二信息用于指示RS#0的可用状态,SSB#1承载的第二信息用于指示RS#1的可用状态。As an example, an SS burst set includes 2 actually transmitted SSBs, called SSB#0 and SSB#1, and reference signal resources include RS#0 and RS#1, where RS#0 and SSB#0 have QCL RS#1 and SSB#1 have a QCL relationship, the second information carried by SSB#0 is used to indicate the available state of RS#0, and the second information carried by SSB#1 is used to indicate the available state of RS#1.
作为一种实现方式,第一SSB中承载第二信息,第二信息用于指示配置的参考信号资源中与一个SS突发集包括的所有实际发送的SSB具有QCL关系的至少一个参考信号资源的可用状态。As an implementation manner, the first SSB carries second information, and the second information is used to indicate at least one reference signal resource that has a QCL relationship with all actually transmitted SSBs included in one SS burst set in the configured reference signal resources available status.
例如,第二信息用于指示配置的参考信号资源中与一个SS突发集包括的所有实际发 送的SSB具有QCL关系的参考信号资源是否可用。For example, the second information is used to indicate whether reference signal resources having a QCL relationship with all actually transmitted SSBs included in one SS burst set among the configured reference signal resources are available.
作为一个示例,一个SS突发集包括2个实际发送的SSB,称为SSB#0和SSB#1,参考信号资源包括RS#0和RS#1,其中,RS#0和SSB#0具有QCL关系,RS#1和SSB#1具有QCL关系,SSB#0承载的第二信息用于分别指示RS#0的可用状态和RS#1的可用状态,SSB#1承载的第二信息用于分别指示RS#0的可用状态和RS#1的可用状态。As an example, an SS burst set includes 2 actually transmitted SSBs, called SSB#0 and SSB#1, and reference signal resources include RS#0 and RS#1, where RS#0 and SSB#0 have QCL RS#1 and SSB#1 have a QCL relationship, the second information carried by SSB#0 is used to indicate the usable state of RS#0 and the usable state of RS#1 respectively, and the second information carried by SSB#1 is used to respectively Indicates the availability status of RS#0 and the availability status of RS#1.
另外,如上实施例描述的第二信息的生效时间等实施方式同样适用于本实施例,例如,第二信息用于指示第四时间窗内的参考信号资源是否可用,此处不再赘述。In addition, implementations such as the effective time of the second information described in the above embodiment are also applicable to this embodiment. For example, the second information is used to indicate whether the reference signal resources in the fourth time window are available, which will not be repeated here.
从波束粒度上指示参考信号资源的可用状态,有利于终端设备更加灵活的确定参考信号的发送状态,也有利于终端设备更加准确的知道参考信号资源的可用状态,有利于节省网络设备资源,提高资源利用效率,并降低UE功耗。Indicating the available status of reference signal resources from the beam granularity is beneficial to the terminal equipment to determine the transmission status of the reference signal more flexibly, and also helps the terminal equipment to know the available status of the reference signal resources more accurately, which is conducive to saving network equipment resources and improving Resource utilization efficiency, and reduce UE power consumption.
以上为对non-CD-SSB的PBCH payload承载的信息进行重解释,表示一些新的功能,该新的功能还可以包括指示SSB的周期。The above is a reinterpretation of the information carried by the PBCH payload of non-CD-SSB, indicating some new functions, and the new functions may also include indicating the period of SSB.
在目前相关技术中,SSB的周期是半静态配置的,一旦配置了SSB的周期,一般情况下,网络设备不会频繁的更换SSB的周期。In the current related technology, the period of the SSB is configured semi-statically. Once the period of the SSB is configured, generally, the network device will not frequently change the period of the SSB.
目前,SSB周期的指示信息由SIB1承载,或者由RRC connected态的RRC消息承载。如果通过SIB1变更SSB的周期,则表示系统消息发生变化,网络设备会更新SIB1的信息,则UE要重新获取SIB1。此外,目前系统消息发生变更是通过寻呼PDCCH承载的DCI指示的,也就是说,为了改变SSB的周期,UE要先接收寻呼PDCCH,然后重新获取系统消息。此外,UE被通知系统消息变更时,并不知道是SIB1发生了变更还是其他系统消息块(例如SIB2等)也发生了变更,所以,UE不止会重新获取SIB1,还会重新获取SIB2等其他系统消息块。Currently, the indication information of the SSB cycle is carried by SIB1, or carried by the RRC message in the RRC connected state. If the period of SSB is changed through SIB1, it means that the system information changes, and the network device will update the information of SIB1, and the UE needs to acquire SIB1 again. In addition, currently, the change of the system information is indicated by the DCI carried by the paging PDCCH, that is, in order to change the period of the SSB, the UE needs to receive the paging PDCCH first, and then obtain the system information again. In addition, when the UE is notified of a system information change, it does not know whether SIB1 has changed or other system information blocks (such as SIB2, etc.) have also changed. Therefore, the UE will not only re-acquire SIB1, but also re-acquire SIB2 and other system information blocks. message block.
因此,如果CD-SSB的周期发生变更,网络设备不止要更新SIB1的信息,还要发送寻呼PDCCH,会造成资源开销增加,网络设备功耗增加。由于UE不止重新获取SIB1,还会接收寻呼PDCCH,获取其他SIB(例如SIB2等),这也会造成UE功耗增加。Therefore, if the period of the CD-SSB changes, the network device not only needs to update the SIB1 information, but also needs to send the paging PDCCH, which will increase resource overhead and power consumption of the network device. Since the UE not only reacquires the SIB1, but also receives the paging PDCCH and obtains other SIBs (such as SIB2, etc.), which will also increase the power consumption of the UE.
如果SSB是non-CD-SSB,可以通过RRC连接态的RRC消息通知改变SSB的周期,但是,RRC消息由PDSCH承载,需要占用较大的时频资源,如果频繁改变SSB的周期,会增大资源开销。此外,UE需要频繁的获取RRC消息,也会增大UE功耗。If the SSB is non-CD-SSB, the SSB cycle can be changed through the RRC message in the RRC connection state. However, the RRC message is carried by the PDSCH and needs to occupy a large time-frequency resource. If the SSB cycle is changed frequently, it will increase resource overhead. In addition, the UE needs to obtain RRC messages frequently, which also increases the power consumption of the UE.
由此可见,现有技术下,通过SIB1或RRC连接态的RRC消息携带SSB周期的变更指示信息时,不能频繁更换SSB的周期,如果频繁更换SSB的周期,会造成资源开销增加,网络设备功耗增加,以及UE功耗增加。It can be seen that in the prior art, when the SSB cycle change indication information is carried by the RRC message in the SIB1 or RRC connection state, the SSB cycle cannot be changed frequently. If the SSB cycle is changed frequently, the resource overhead will increase, and the function of the network equipment will be increased. power consumption increases, and UE power consumption increases.
但是,non-CD-SSB主要用于时频同步和测量,而当UE业务较少或者没有时,non-CD-SSB可以是较大周期,甚至停止发送,这样可以节省资源开销,降低网络设备功耗。但是,现有技术下SSB的周期可能不能得到及时的变更,这会增大资源开销,增加网络设备功耗。However, non-CD-SSB is mainly used for time-frequency synchronization and measurement, and when UE has less or no business, non-CD-SSB can be a longer period, or even stop sending, which can save resource overhead and reduce network equipment power consumption. However, in the prior art, the period of the SSB may not be changed in time, which will increase resource overhead and increase power consumption of network equipment.
因此,本申请实施例提出一种通信方法,该方法中通过使用SSB承载指示信息,来指示SSB的周期,可以使得SSB的周期与需求更加匹配,节省资源开销,减低网络设备功耗,此外,通过SSB承载的信息指示周期的变更,网络换设备可以更加灵活、更及时的改变SSB的周期,节省资源开销。Therefore, the embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method. In this method, by using SSB bearer indication information to indicate the period of SSB, the period of SSB can be more matched with the demand, saving resource overhead, and reducing power consumption of network equipment. In addition, The information carried by the SSB indicates the change of the cycle, and the network replacement device can change the SSB cycle more flexibly and in a timely manner, saving resource overhead.
图21为本申请一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图。图21所示的实施例中,执行该通信方法的执行主体是终端设备。其中,终端设备例如为手机、车辆内的软件模块、硬件 模块、芯片或芯片系统。本申请实施例对此不做限定。Fig. 21 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 , the execution entity executing the communication method is a terminal device. Wherein, the terminal device is, for example, a mobile phone, a software module, a hardware module, a chip or a chip system in a vehicle. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
如图21所示,本申请实施例提供的方法包括S2101和S2102。下面详细说明图21所示的方法中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 21 , the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S2101 and S2102. Each step in the method shown in FIG. 21 will be described in detail below.
S2101,终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的第一SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第二SSB的周期。S2101. The terminal device receives the first SSB sent from the network device, where the first SSB carries third information, and the third information is used to indicate a period of the second SSB.
可选的,第一SSB包括的PBCH可以承载第三信息。Optionally, the PBCH included in the first SSB may carry the third information.
PBCH承载第三信息,也可以描述成SSB承载第三信息,应理解,SSB承载第三信息,这里表示的是SSB包括的PBCH承载第三信息。The PBCH carries the third information, which may also be described as the SSB carrying the third information. It should be understood that the SSB carries the third information, and here it means that the PBCH included in the SSB carries the third information.
S2102,根据第二SSB的周期,终端设备接收所述第二SSB。S2102. According to the period of the second SSB, the terminal device receives the second SSB.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第三信息。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; It is defined that the first information element represents the third information.
可选的,若第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元未被指示重定义,则该第一信元指示传统的功能(例如,表4、表5中所示的功能),例如,第一信元包括以下至少一种:MIB中包括的信元,例如,systemFrameNumber,SubCarrierSpacingCommon,ssb-SubcarrierOffset,dmrs-TypeA-Position,pdcch-ConfigSIB1,cellBarred,intraFreqReselection,以及预留的spare的1个比特;PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元中的1个或多个比特域。Optionally, if the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB is not indicated to be redefined, the first information element indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5) For example, the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
图22为本申请另一个实施例提供的通信方法的流程图。图22所示的实施例中,执行该通信方法的执行主体是网络设备。其中,网络设备例如为基站、分布式单元等。本申请实施例对此不做限定。Fig. 22 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 22 , the execution subject that executes the communication method is a network device. Wherein, the network device is, for example, a base station, a distributed unit, and the like. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
如图22所示,本申请实施例提供的方法包括S2201和S2202。As shown in FIG. 22, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes S2201 and S2202.
S2201,网络设备向终端设备发送第一SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第二SSB的周期。S2201. The network device sends a first SSB to the terminal device, where the first SSB carries third information, and the third information is used to indicate a period of the second SSB.
可选的,第一SSB包括的PBCH可以承载第三信息。Optionally, the PBCH included in the first SSB may carry the third information.
PBCH承载第三信息,也可以描述成SSB承载第三信息,应理解,SSB承载第三信息,这里表示的是SSB包括的PBCH承载第三信息。The PBCH carries the third information, which may also be described as the SSB carrying the third information. It should be understood that the SSB carries the third information, and here it means that the PBCH included in the SSB carries the third information.
S2202,根据第二SSB的周期,网络设备发送所述第二SSB。S2202. According to the period of the second SSB, the network device sends the second SSB.
作为一种可选的实施方式,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第三信息。As an optional implementation manner, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, The first information element represents the third information.
可选的,若第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元未被指示重定义,则该第一信元指示传统的功能(例如,表4、表5中所示的功能),例如,第一信元包括以下至少一种:MIB中包括的信元,例如,systemFrameNumber,SubCarrierSpacingCommon,ssb-SubcarrierOffset,dmrs-TypeA-Position,pdcch-ConfigSIB1,cellBarred,intraFreqReselection,以及预留的spare的1个比特;PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元中的1个或多个比特域。Optionally, if the first information element in the load of the PBCH included in the first SSB is not indicated to be redefined, the first information element indicates a traditional function (for example, the functions shown in Table 4 and Table 5) For example, the first information element includes at least one of the following: information elements included in the MIB, for example, systemFrameNumber, SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, intraFreqReselection, and reserved spare 1 bit; one or more bit fields in the information element not included in the high-layer signaling in the PBCH payload.
作为一种可选的实施方式,存在一个周期性时间窗,如图23所示,时间窗的周期等于时间窗的长度;其中,时间窗的周期可由网络设备配置,或协议预先定义。例如时间窗的周期为SSB周期的X倍,例如X=20。As an optional implementation, there is a periodic time window. As shown in FIG. 23 , the period of the time window is equal to the length of the time window; where the period of the time window can be configured by the network device or predefined by the protocol. For example, the period of the time window is X times the period of the SSB, eg X=20.
应理解,周期时间窗中每个时间窗的起始(或每个周期的起始)可由网络设备指示,或由协议预先定义。例如,网络设备可配置一个周期偏移,周期偏移用于确定周期时间窗中每个周期的起始。这里,周期时间窗中每个时间窗的起始也就是每个周期的起始。It should be understood that the start of each time window (or the start of each cycle) in the periodic time window may be indicated by the network device, or predefined by the protocol. For example, the network device may be configured with a cycle offset, and the cycle offset is used to determine the start of each cycle in the cycle time window. Here, the start of each time window in the cycle time window is also the start of each cycle.
第一SSB位于第五时间窗内,第二SSB位于第六时间窗内,第三信息用于指示第六时间窗内的SSB的周期,第六时间窗位于第五时间窗之后,第五时间窗和第六时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,第五时间窗的长度和第六时间窗的长度等于周期性时间窗的周期。The first SSB is located in the fifth time window, the second SSB is located in the sixth time window, the third information is used to indicate the period of the SSB in the sixth time window, the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window, and the fifth time The window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the plurality of time windows included in the periodic time window, and the lengths of the fifth time window and the sixth time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
作为一种示例,第五时间窗内SSB周期为20毫秒,第五时间窗内的任意一个SSB都会承载第三信息,第三信息用于指示第六时间窗内的SSB的周期为40毫秒,具体如图24所示。As an example, the SSB period in the fifth time window is 20 milliseconds, any SSB in the fifth time window will carry third information, and the third information is used to indicate that the period of the SSB in the sixth time window is 40 milliseconds, The details are shown in Figure 24.
关于如何确定第一SSB的时域位置。可选的,UE刚初始接入时,网络设备可不指示SSB的周期,协议可规定或UE可假设SSB周期的默认周期,例如,默认周期为20毫秒,或者为160毫秒,UE一旦接收到一个SSB,就能收到第三信息,那么之后,UE就能确定下一个时间窗内的SSB的周期。About how to determine the time domain position of the first SSB. Optionally, when the UE first accesses, the network device may not indicate the SSB period, the protocol may stipulate or the UE may assume the default period of the SSB period, for example, the default period is 20 milliseconds, or 160 milliseconds, once the UE receives a SSB, the third information can be received, and then, the UE can determine the period of the SSB in the next time window.
可选的,UE可假设按照默认周期确定的SSB的时频资源位置,网络设备肯定发送SSB。Optionally, the UE may assume that the time-frequency resource position of the SSB is determined according to the default period, and the network device must send the SSB.
作为一种可选的实施方式,存在一个周期性时间窗,时间窗的周期大于时间窗的长度如图25所示。As an optional implementation manner, there is a periodic time window, and the period of the time window is longer than the length of the time window, as shown in FIG. 25 .
时间窗的周期和时间窗的长度可由网络设备配置,例如,由SIB1配置,或协议预先定义;例如,时间窗的周期为SSB周期的X倍,例如X=20,时间窗的长度为SSB周期的Y倍,例如Y=1或2。The period of the time window and the length of the time window can be configured by the network device, for example, configured by SIB1, or predefined by the protocol; for example, the period of the time window is X times the SSB period, such as X=20, and the length of the time window is the SSB period Y times, for example Y=1 or 2.
应理解,周期时间窗中每个时间窗的起始(或每个周期的起始)可由网络设备指示,或由协议预先定义。例如,网络设备可配置一个周期偏移,周期偏移用于确定周期时间窗中每个周期的起始。这里,周期时间窗中每个时间窗的起始也就是每个周期的起始。It should be understood that the start of each time window (or the start of each cycle) in the periodic time window may be indicated by the network device, or pre-defined by the protocol. For example, the network device may be configured with a cycle offset, which is used to determine the start of each cycle in the cycle time window. Here, the start of each time window in the periodic time window is also the start of each cycle.
第一SSB位于第五时间窗内,第二SSB位于第五时间窗之后且位于第六时间窗之前,第三信息用于指示位于第五时间窗之后且位于第六时间窗之前的SSB的周期,第六时间窗位于第五时间窗之后,第五时间窗和第六时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,第五时间窗的长度和第六时间窗的长度相同,且小于周期性时间窗的周期。The first SSB is located in the fifth time window, the second SSB is located after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window, and the third information is used to indicate the period of the SSB after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window , the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window, the fifth time window and the sixth time window are adjacent two time windows in the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, the length of the fifth time window and the length of the sixth time window The six time windows have the same length and are shorter than the period of the periodic time window.
作为一种示例,每个时间窗内的SSB的周期都是20毫秒,即,第五时间窗和第六时间窗内SSB的周期为20毫秒,第五时间窗指示第五时间窗之后且下一个时间窗之前的SSB的周期为40毫秒,同样的,第六时间窗指示第六时间窗之后且下一个时间窗之前的SSB的周期为40毫秒,具体如图26所示。As an example, the period of the SSB in each time window is 20 milliseconds, that is, the period of the SSB in the fifth time window and the sixth time window is 20 milliseconds, and the fifth time window indicates that after the fifth time window and under The period of the SSB before a time window is 40 milliseconds. Similarly, the sixth time window indicates that the period of the SSB after the sixth time window and before the next time window is 40 milliseconds, as shown in FIG. 26 .
应理解,每个时间窗内的SSB的周期可由网络设备预先配置,例如,由SIB1信令指示时间窗内的SSB的周期,或者由DCI(例如调度SIB1的DCI)、MAC CE、其他SIB(例如SIB2)、RRC连接态的RRC信令中的至少一种指示;或协议预先定义,例如,时间窗内的SSB周期定义为20毫秒。It should be understood that the period of the SSB in each time window can be pre-configured by the network device, for example, the period of the SSB in the time window is indicated by SIB1 signaling, or by DCI (such as DCI scheduling SIB1), MAC CE, other SIBs ( For example, at least one indication in SIB2), RRC signaling in the RRC connected state; or a protocol is predefined, for example, the SSB period in the time window is defined as 20 milliseconds.
应理解,每个时间窗内可能包括一个或多个SSB周期,即包括一个或多个SS突发集。It should be understood that each time window may include one or more SSB periods, that is, include one or more SS burst sets.
可选的,如上实施例中,一个周期性时间窗内的每个SS突发集内的SSB承载的第三信息相同。Optionally, as in the above embodiment, the third information carried by the SSBs in each SS burst set in a periodic time window is the same.
应理解,第一SSB和第二SSB均为non-CD-SSB。It should be understood that both the first SSB and the second SSB are non-CD-SSB.
可选的,第一SSB和第二SSB位于相同的载波上。Optionally, the first SSB and the second SSB are located on the same carrier.
可选的,第一SSB和第二SSB的波束模式(beam pattern)相同,即一个SS突发集包括的实际发送的SSB的个数相同,一个SS突发集包括的实际发送的SSB在所在半帧中的OFDM符号在半帧中的相对位置相同。Optionally, the beam patterns of the first SSB and the second SSB are the same, that is, the number of SSBs actually sent included in one SS burst set is the same, and the SSBs actually sent included in one SS burst set are at The OFDM symbols in a field have the same relative position in the field.
可选的,第一SSB和第二SSB所在的半帧位置相同,例如,均位于一个无线帧的前半帧,或后半帧。Optionally, the positions of the first SSB and the second SSB are the same in the half frame, for example, both are located in the first half frame or the second half frame of a radio frame.
确定第二SSB的周期之后,关于第二SSB的具体的时域位置,可通过网络设备指示确定或由协议预先定义的规则确定。After the period of the second SSB is determined, the specific time domain position of the second SSB may be determined through an instruction of a network device or determined by a rule defined in advance in a protocol.
示例1:针对不同的SSB的周期,网络设备可指示或协议预先定义SSB的周期偏移,不同SSB的周期对应的SSB的周期偏移可相同或不同。根据SSB的周期偏移,可确定第二SSB的具体的时域位置,例如可确定出第二SSB所在的无线帧编号、和/或半帧位置(无线帧的前半帧或后半帧)。例如,第二SSB的周期为20毫秒、40毫秒、80毫秒、或160毫秒对应的周期偏移都是0,则可以根据如下公式确定第二SSB的候选时域位置:SFN mod(T/10)=0,其中T为第二SSB的周期(单位为毫秒),满足该公式的SFN即为第二SSB的候选时域位置。Example 1: For different SSB periods, the network device may indicate or predefine the SSB period offsets by agreement, and the SSB period offsets corresponding to different SSB periods may be the same or different. According to the cycle offset of the SSB, the specific time domain position of the second SSB can be determined, for example, the radio frame number and/or half frame position (the first half frame or the second half frame of the radio frame) where the second SSB is located can be determined. For example, if the period of the second SSB is 20 milliseconds, 40 milliseconds, 80 milliseconds, or 160 milliseconds, the corresponding period offset is 0, then the candidate time domain position of the second SSB can be determined according to the following formula: SFN mod(T/10 )=0, where T is the period of the second SSB (in milliseconds), and the SFN satisfying this formula is the candidate time domain position of the second SSB.
示例2:网络设备可指示或协议预先定义第二SSB相对特定时刻的时间偏移。例如,第五时间窗内的第一SSB承载的第三信息用于指示第六时间窗内的第二SSB的周期,则,特定时刻就是第六时间窗的起始时间,网络设备可指示或协议预先定义第六时间窗内的第一个SS突发集相对第六时间窗的起始时间之间的时间偏移。这样,就能确定出第六时间窗内的第二SSB的具体的时域位置。例如,第五时间窗内的第一SSB承载的第三信息用于指示第五时间窗之后且位于第六时间窗之前的第二SSB的周期,则,特定时刻就是第五时间窗的结束时间,网络设备可指示或协议预先定义第五时间窗之后且位于第六时间窗之前的第一个SS突发集相对第五时间窗的结束时间之间的时间偏移。这样,就能确定出第二SSB的具体的时域位置。Example 2: The network device may indicate or predefine by agreement the time offset of the second SSB relative to a specific moment. For example, the third information carried by the first SSB in the fifth time window is used to indicate the period of the second SSB in the sixth time window, then the specific moment is the start time of the sixth time window, and the network device may indicate or The protocol predefines the time offset between the first SS burst set within the sixth time window and the start time of the sixth time window. In this way, the specific time domain position of the second SSB within the sixth time window can be determined. For example, the third information carried by the first SSB in the fifth time window is used to indicate the period of the second SSB after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window, then the specific moment is the end time of the fifth time window The network device may indicate or pre-define a time offset between the first SS burst set after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window relative to the end time of the fifth time window. In this way, the specific time domain position of the second SSB can be determined.
作为一种实现方式,第一SSB中承载第三信息,第三信息用于指示第二SSB是否存在。As an implementation manner, the first SSB carries third information, and the third information is used to indicate whether the second SSB exists.
示例1:第一SSB位于第五时间窗内,第二SSB位于第六时间窗内,第三信息用于指示第六时间窗内的SSB是否存在,第六时间窗位于第五时间窗之后,第五时间窗和第六时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,第五时间窗的长度和第六时间窗的长度等于周期性时间窗的周期。Example 1: the first SSB is located in the fifth time window, the second SSB is located in the sixth time window, the third information is used to indicate whether the SSB in the sixth time window exists, and the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window, The fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the plurality of time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the fifth time window and the length of the sixth time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window .
示例2:第一SSB位于第五时间窗内,第二SSB位于第五时间窗之后且位于第六时间窗之前,第三信息用于指示位于第五时间窗之后且位于第六时间窗之前的SSB是否存在,第六时间窗位于第五时间窗之后,第五时间窗和第六时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,第五时间窗的长度和第六时间窗的长度相同,且小于周期性时间窗的周期。Example 2: The first SSB is located in the fifth time window, the second SSB is located after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window, and the third information is used to indicate that the SSB is located after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window Whether the SSB exists, the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window, the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the fifth time window The length is the same as the length of the sixth time window, and is smaller than the period of the periodic time window.
示例3:第一SSB中承载第三信息,第三信息设置为第一状态时,表示第二SSB不存在,第三信息设置为第二状态时,表示第二SSB的周期为Period#1,第三信息设置为第三状态时,表示第二SSB的周期为Period#2。Example 3: The first SSB carries the third information. When the third information is set to the first state, it means that the second SSB does not exist. When the third information is set to the second state, it means that the period of the second SSB is Period#1. When the third information is set to the third state, it indicates that the period of the second SSB is Period#2.
应理解,若第三信息指示在一个时间长度内第二SSB的周期大于该时间长度,则该时间长度内可能不存在第二SSB。It should be understood that if the third information indicates that the period of the second SSB within a time period is greater than the time period, then the second SSB may not exist within the time period.
该实施例中,通过控制SSB的时域周期,以使SSB的周期和需求更加匹配,这样可以节省SSB的资源开销,提高资源利用效率,降低网络设备功耗。In this embodiment, by controlling the time domain period of the SSB, the period of the SSB can be more matched with the demand, which can save the resource overhead of the SSB, improve resource utilization efficiency, and reduce power consumption of network equipment.
由于SSB本身是周期性发送的,第一SSB是当前接收的SSB,第二SSB是当前SSB的后续SSB,通过SSB承载的PBCH指示周期的变更,这样,网络设备可以更灵活的、更及时的改变SSB的周期,而不需要通过SIB1或RRC连接态的RRC消息指示SSB周期的变更,可以节省资源开销,提高资源利用效率,降低网络设备功耗。此外,还能避免UE执行系统消息变更流程,或避免UE进入RRC连接态接收指示SSB周期变更的RRC消息,可以节省UE功耗。Since the SSB itself is sent periodically, the first SSB is the currently received SSB, and the second SSB is the subsequent SSB of the current SSB. The PBCH carried by the SSB indicates the change of the cycle. In this way, the network device can be more flexible and timely Changing the SSB period does not need to indicate the change of the SSB period through the SIB1 or the RRC message in the RRC connection state, which can save resource overhead, improve resource utilization efficiency, and reduce power consumption of network equipment. In addition, it can prevent the UE from executing the system message change process, or prevent the UE from entering the RRC connected state to receive the RRC message indicating the change of the SSB cycle, which can save the power consumption of the UE.
本申请中的不同实施例可以相互结合,例如,如上实施例中提到的第一信息、第二信息和第三信息中的任意两个或三个可以位于同一个SS突发集中的SSB,也可以位于不同的SS突发集中的SSB;第五时间窗和第六时间窗也可以分别与第二时间窗和第三时间窗相同,本申请不作限制。Different embodiments in this application may be combined with each other, for example, any two or three of the first information, second information, and third information mentioned in the above embodiments may be located in the SSB of the same SS burst set, The SSBs may also be located in different SS burst sets; the fifth time window and the sixth time window may also be the same as the second time window and the third time window respectively, which is not limited in this application.
作为一种示例,第一SSB位于第二时间窗内,参考信号资源中的至少一个位于第三时间窗内,第二SSB也位于第三时间窗内,第三时间窗位于第二时间窗之后,第二时间窗和第三时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,第二时间窗的长度和第三时间窗的长度等于周期性时间窗的周期。As an example, the first SSB is located in the second time window, at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the third time window, the second SSB is also located in the third time window, and the third time window is located after the second time window , the second time window and the third time window are adjacent two time windows in the plurality of time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the second time window and the length of the third time window are equal to that of the periodic time window cycle.
此例中,第二时间窗内的第一SSB承载的第二信息用于指示第三时间窗内的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态,该第一SSB承载的第三信息用于指示第三时间窗内的SSB的周期。In this example, the second information carried by the first SSB in the second time window is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources in the third time window, and the third information carried by the first SSB is used to indicate The period of the SSB within the third time window.
作为一种示例,第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第N个SS突发集中的SSB,N为正整数且为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;或,第一SSB包括第一SS突发集中的SSB,第一SS突发集位于第一PO之前,第一SS突发集与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且,第一SS突发集为与第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集。As an example, the first SSB includes the SSB in the Nth SS burst set before the first PO, where N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; or, the first SSB includes the first SS burst The SSB in the transmission set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the same as The set of SS bursts with the shortest interval between the first POs.
此例中,第一SSB承载的第一信息用于指示在第一PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,该第一SSB承载的第二信息用于指示在第四时间窗内参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态,其中,第四时间窗的实现方式如上实施例描述,不再赘述。In this example, the first information carried by the first SSB is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device in the first PO, and the second information carried by the first SSB is used to indicate the number of reference signal resources in the fourth time window At least one usable state, wherein, the implementation manner of the fourth time window is as described in the above embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
本申请中,作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示第一信息、第二信息、和/或第三信息。In this application, as an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information, the second information, and/or the third information.
如下对如何重定义第一信元进行描述。How to redefine the first cell is described as follows.
示例1:PBCH payload中的高层信令中,如果BCCH-BCH-MessageType设置成messageClassExtension,则可重定义的第一信元包括以下至少一种:Example 1: In the high-level signaling in the PBCH payload, if BCCH-BCH-MessageType is set to messageClassExtension, the redefinable first information element includes at least one of the following:
SubCarrierSpacingCommon,ssb-SubcarrierOffset,dmrs-TypeA-Position,pdcch-ConfigSIB1,cellBarred,以及预留的spare的1个比特。SubCarrierSpacingCommon, ssb-SubcarrierOffset, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, and 1 bit of reserved spare.
如果第一SSB不位于sync raster,则MIB信令中的intraFreqReselection这1个比特也可用于重定义。If the first SSB is not located in the sync raster, the 1 bit of intraFreqReselection in the MIB signaling can also be used for redefinition.
如果Lmax=4或8,即载波频率位于FR1,则PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元中bit5、bit6和bit7(如表5所述)也可用于重定义。If Lmax=4 or 8, that is, the carrier frequency is located at FR1, then bit5, bit6 and bit7 (as described in Table 5) in the information elements included in the non-high layer signaling in the PBCH payload can also be used for redefinition.
示例2:PBCH payload中的高层信令中,如果BCCH-BCH-MessageType设置成mib,且k SSB在FR1设置成30,在FR2设置成14,则可重定义的第一信元包括以下至少一种: Example 2: In the high-level signaling in the PBCH payload, if BCCH-BCH-MessageType is set to mib, and k SSB is set to 30 in FR1 and 14 in FR2, then the redefinable first information element includes at least one of the following kind:
SubCarrierSpacingCommon,dmrs-TypeA-Position,pdcch-ConfigSIB1,cellBarred,以及预留的spare的1个比特。SubCarrierSpacingCommon, dmrs-TypeA-Position, pdcch-ConfigSIB1, cellBarred, and 1 bit of reserved spare.
如果第一SSB不位于sync raster,则MIB信令中的intraFreqReselection这1个比特也可用于重定义。If the first SSB is not located in the sync raster, the 1 bit of intraFreqReselection in the MIB signaling can also be used for redefinition.
如果Lmax=4或8,即载波频率位于FR1,则PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元中bit6和bit7(如表5所述)也可用于重定义。If Lmax=4 or 8, that is, the carrier frequency is located at FR1, then bit6 and bit7 (as described in Table 5) in the information elements included in the non-high layer signaling in the PBCH payload can also be used for redefinition.
示例3:PBCH payload中的高层信令中,如果BCCH-BCH-MessageType设置成mib,且k SSB在FR1设置成30,在FR2设置成14,且pdcch-ConfigSIB1的8比特设置成第一状态,所述第一状态是0至255中的其中一个状态,则可重定义的第一信元包括以下至少一种: Example 3: In the high-level signaling in the PBCH payload, if BCCH-BCH-MessageType is set to mib, and k SSB is set to 30 in FR1, and is set to 14 in FR2, and 8 bits of pdcch-ConfigSIB1 are set to the first state, The first state is one of the states from 0 to 255, and the redefinable first information element includes at least one of the following:
SubCarrierSpacingCommon,dmrs-TypeA-Position,cellBarred,以及预留的spare的1个比特。SubCarrierSpacingCommon, dmrs-TypeA-Position, cellBarred, and 1 bit of reserved spare.
如果第一SSB不位于sync raster,则MIB信令中的intraFreqReselection这1个比特也可用于重定义。If the first SSB is not located in the sync raster, the 1 bit of intraFreqReselection in the MIB signaling can also be used for redefinition.
如果Lmax=4或8,即载波频率位于FR1,则PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元中bit6和bit7(如表5所述)也可用于重定义。If Lmax=4 or 8, that is, the carrier frequency is located at FR1, then bit6 and bit7 (as described in Table 5) in the information elements included in the non-high layer signaling in the PBCH payload can also be used for redefinition.
可选的,示例1至示例3中,可重定义的第一信元还包括以下至少一种:MIB中包括的信元systemFrameNumber;PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元中的bit0至bit7(如表5所述)。如果PBCH的载荷中用于确定SFN的信元(即MIB中包括的信元systemFrameNumber和PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元bit0至bit3)、用于确定SSB半帧的信元(即PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元bit4)、用于确定SSB索引的信元(即FR2时PBCH的载荷中非高层信令包括的信元bit5至bit7)中的至少一种用于重定义,则UE可根据CD-SSB(即UE初始接入小区时使用的SSB)来确定SFN、SSB半帧、和/或SSB索引。Optionally, in Examples 1 to 3, the redefinable first information element further includes at least one of the following: the information element systemFrameNumber included in the MIB; bit0 to bit7 (as described in Table 5). If the information element used to determine the SFN in the load of the PBCH (that is, the information element systemFrameNumber included in the MIB and the information elements bit0 to bit3 included in the non-higher layer signaling in the load of the PBCH), the information element used to determine the SSB half frame (i.e. At least one of the information element bit4 included in the PBCH load that is not included in the high-level signaling), the information element used to determine the SSB index (that is, the information element bit5 to bit7 included in the PBCH load in the PBCH load in FR2) is used for If it is redefined, the UE may determine the SFN, SSB half frame, and/or SSB index according to the CD-SSB (ie, the SSB used when the UE initially accesses the cell).
应理解,示例1至示例3中,第一SSB可位于sync raster,也可不位于sync raster,不做限制。It should be understood that, in Example 1 to Example 3, the first SSB may or may not be located in the sync raster, without limitation.
另外,也可通过其他信令携带指示信息指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义。其他信令包括以下至少一种:SIB1、调度SIB1的DCI、MIB、除SIB1外的其他SIB(例如SIB2等)、RRC连接态的RRC信令等。In addition, indication information may also be carried in other signaling to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined. Other signaling includes at least one of the following: SIB1, DCI for scheduling SIB1, MIB, other SIBs except SIB1 (such as SIB2, etc.), RRC signaling in RRC connected state, and the like.
如上实施例描述了PBCH用于承载第一信息、第二信息、和/或第三信息。可选的,Non-CD-SSB包括的PSS和/或SSS也可用于承载第一信息、第二信息、和/或第三信息。The above embodiment describes that the PBCH is used to carry the first information, the second information, and/or the third information. Optionally, the PSS and/or SSS included in the Non-CD-SSB may also be used to carry the first information, the second information, and/or the third information.
作为一种示例,第一SSB包括的SSS用于承载第一信息,不同的SSS序列表示不同的状态。例如,SSS为第一序列,表示在第一PO存在寻呼,SSS为第二序列,表示在第一PO不存在寻呼。As an example, the SSS included in the first SSB is used to carry the first information, and different SSS sequences represent different states. For example, SSS is the first sequence, indicating that there is paging at the first PO, and SSS is the second sequence, indicating that there is no paging at the first PO.
网络设备可指示或协议预先定义表示第一信息、第二信息、和/或第三信息的序列个数和具体的序列。The network device may indicate or predefine the number of sequences and specific sequences representing the first information, the second information, and/or the third information in advance by agreement.
例如,第一SSB包括的SSS用于承载第一信息,若8种序列可表示第一信息,则SSS可设置为8种序列中的其中一种。例如,第一序列至第八序列用于表示第一信息,SSS设置为第一序列,表示在第一PO不存在寻呼,则第一PO上的终端设备都不需要监听寻呼PDCCH;SSS设置为第二序列,表示在第一PO上的所有终端设备都被寻呼,则第一PO 上的所有终端设备都在第一PO监听寻呼PDCCH;SSS设置为第n序列,表示在第一PO存在终端设备组(n-2)的寻呼,其中,n为大于等于3、小于等于8的整数,则终端设备组(n-2)中的UE在第一PO上监听寻呼PDCCH,第一PO上的其他UE不需要在第一PO监听寻呼PDCCH。For example, the SSS included in the first SSB is used to carry the first information, and if eight kinds of sequences can represent the first information, then the SSS can be set as one of the eight kinds of sequences. For example, the first sequence to the eighth sequence are used to represent the first information, and SSS is set to the first sequence, indicating that there is no paging in the first PO, and the terminal equipment on the first PO does not need to monitor the paging PDCCH; SSS If it is set to the second sequence, it means that all terminal devices on the first PO are paged, and all terminal devices on the first PO will monitor the paging PDCCH in the first PO; if SSS is set to the nth sequence, it means that the There is a paging of the terminal equipment group (n-2) in a PO, wherein, n is an integer greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 8, then the UE in the terminal equipment group (n-2) monitors the paging PDCCH on the first PO , other UEs on the first PO do not need to monitor the paging PDCCH on the first PO.
可选的,SSS也可以设置为8种序列以外的其他序列,此时,SSS不表示第一信息。Optionally, the SSS may also be set to a sequence other than the eight sequences, and at this time, the SSS does not represent the first information.
第一SSB包括的PSS和/或SSS承载第一信息、第二信息、和/或第三信息的其他实施细节可参照如上实施例,不再赘述。For other implementation details of the PSS included in the first SSB and/or the SSS carrying the first information, the second information, and/or the third information, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
通过SSB包括的PSS和/或SSS承载第一信息、第二信息、和/或第三信息,终端设备可以只确定PSS和/或SSS的序列就能获得第一信息、第二信息、和/或第三信息,可以不解析PBCH,进而可以节省终端设备的功耗。Through the PSS and/or SSS included in the SSB to carry the first information, the second information, and/or the third information, the terminal device can obtain the first information, the second information, and/or only by determining the sequence of the PSS and/or SSS Or the third information may not parse the PBCH, thereby saving power consumption of the terminal device.
可选的,当第一SSB包括的PSS和/或SSS用于承载第一信息、第二信息、和/或第三信息时,第一SSB为non-CD-SSB,且第一SSB不位于SSB的sync raster,也就是说,第一SSB位于除SSB的sync raster以外的其他频率。这样,第一SSB不会被NR正常UE和NR传统UE(即Legacy UE)在搜索SSB时搜索到,可以避免增加NR正常UE和传统UE在小区搜索和接入时的时延以及避免增加UE的能量损耗。Optionally, when the PSS and/or SSS included in the first SSB are used to carry the first information, the second information, and/or the third information, the first SSB is a non-CD-SSB, and the first SSB is not located in The sync raster of the SSB, that is, the first SSB is located at a frequency other than the sync raster of the SSB. In this way, the first SSB will not be searched by NR normal UE and NR traditional UE (that is, Legacy UE) when searching for SSB, which can avoid increasing the time delay of NR normal UE and traditional UE in cell search and access and avoid increasing UE energy loss.
可选的,第一SSB包括的PSS和/或SSS可以和该第一SSB包括的PBCH中重定义的信元同时承载第一信息、第二信息和第三信息中的至少一种。Optionally, the PSS and/or SSS included in the first SSB may carry at least one of the first information, the second information and the third information at the same time as the redefined information element in the PBCH included in the first SSB.
作为一种示例,第一SSB包括的SSS用于指示在第一PO是否存在寻呼,若SSS指示在第一PO存在寻呼,则第一SSB包括的PBCH载荷中重定义的信元用于指示第一PO上的终端设备组中的至少一个是否被寻呼。其中,第一PO上的终端设备被分成多个终端设备组。例如,SSS指示在第一PO存在寻呼,且PBCH载荷中重定义的信元指示第一PO上的终端设备组1被寻呼,终端设备组2未被寻呼。As an example, the SSS included in the first SSB is used to indicate whether paging exists in the first PO, and if the SSS indicates that paging exists in the first PO, the redefined information element in the PBCH payload included in the first SSB is used to Indicates whether at least one of the group of end-devices on the first PO is paged. Wherein, the terminal devices on the first PO are divided into multiple terminal device groups. For example, the SSS indicates that there is paging at the first PO, and the redefined information element in the PBCH payload indicates that terminal device group 1 on the first PO is paged, and terminal device group 2 is not paged.
作为一种示例,第一SSB包括的SSS用于承载第一信息,即用于指示在第一PO是否存在寻呼,第一SSB包括的PBCH载荷中重定义的信元#1用于承载第二信息,即用于指示参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态。可选的,第一SSB包括的PBCH载荷中重定义的信元#2用于承载第三信息,即用于指示第二SSB的周期。As an example, the SSS included in the first SSB is used to carry the first information, that is, to indicate whether there is paging in the first PO, and the redefined information element #1 in the PBCH payload included in the first SSB is used to carry the first The second information is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources. Optionally, the redefined information element #2 in the PBCH payload included in the first SSB is used to carry the third information, that is, to indicate the period of the second SSB.
通过这种方式,可以充分利用non-CD-SSB包括的PSS、SSS和PBCH载荷,提高资源利用效率。In this way, the PSS, SSS, and PBCH loads included in the non-CD-SSB can be fully utilized to improve resource utilization efficiency.
本申请的技术方案也可以应用于其他的通信系统,只要该通信系统中配置了non-CD-SSB即可,例如窄带物联网(narrow band-internet of things,NB-IoT)系统,机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)系统,未来下一代通信系统等。The technical solution of this application can also be applied to other communication systems, as long as non-CD-SSB is configured in the communication system, such as narrow band Internet of things (narrow band-internet of things, NB-IoT) system, machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC) system, future next-generation communication system, etc.
上文中结合图1至图26,详细描述了本申请实施例的通信方法,下面将结合图27至图35,详细描述本申请实施例的通信装置。The communication method of the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 26 , and the communication device of the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 27 to FIG. 35 .
图27示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置2700,该装置2700包括:确定模块2701、接收模块2702和监听模块2703。FIG. 27 shows a communication device 2700 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 2700 includes: a determining module 2701 , a receiving module 2702 and a monitoring module 2703 .
其中,确定模块2701,用于终端设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,第一SSB承载第一信息,第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第N个同步信号SS突发集中的SSB,N为正整数且为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;或,第一SSB包括第一SS突发集中的SSB,第一SS突发集位于第一PO之前,第一SS突发集与第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且,第一SS突发集为与 第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集,第一时长为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;接收模块2702,用于终端设备接收第一SSB,并从第一SSB中获取第一信息;监听模块2703,用于若第一信息指示在第一PO存在终端设备的寻呼,则终端设备在第一PO监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH。Among them, the determining module 2701 is used for the terminal device to determine the first SSB block, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB Including the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, where N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, and the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set. An SS burst set is located before the first PO, the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set has the shortest interval with the first PO SS burst set, the first duration is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; the receiving module 2702 is used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB and obtain the first information from the first SSB; the monitoring module 2703 is used for if The first information indicates that there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO, and the terminal device monitors the paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH at the first PO.
作为一种示例,装置2700可以用于执行图5所示的通信方法,例如,确定模块2701用于执行S501,接收模块2702用于执行S502,监听模块2703用于执行S503。As an example, the apparatus 2700 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 5 , for example, the determining module 2701 is configured to execute S501, the receiving module 2702 is configured to execute S502, and the monitoring module 2703 is configured to execute S503.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接收模块2702还用于:终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,则第一信元表示第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving module 2702 is further configured to: the terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is Redefinition; if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
图28示出了本申请一个实施例提供的一种通信装置2800,该装置2800包括:确定模块2801和发送模块2802。FIG. 28 shows a communication device 2800 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the device 2800 includes: a determining module 2801 and a sending module 2802 .
其中,确定模块2801,用于网络设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,第一SSB承载第一信息,第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第N个同步信号SS突发集中的SSB,N为正整数且为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;或,第一SSB包括第一SS突发集中的SSB,第一SS突发集位于第一PO之前,第一SS突发集与第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且,第一SS突发集为与第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集,第一时长为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;发送模块2802,用于网络设备发送第一SSB。Among them, the determining module 2801 is used for the network device to determine the first SSB block, the first SSB carries the first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB Including the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, where N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; or, the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set, and the first SSB includes the SSB in the first SS burst set. An SS burst set is located before the first PO, the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set has the shortest interval with the first PO For the SS burst set, the first duration is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; the sending module 2802 is used for the network device to send the first SSB.
作为一种示例,装置2800可以用于执行图8所示的通信方法,例如,确定模块2801用于执行S801,发送模块2802用于执行S802。As an example, the apparatus 2800 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 8 , for example, the determining module 2801 is configured to execute S801, and the sending module 2802 is configured to execute S802.
在一种可能的实现方式中,发送模块2802还用于:网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,则第一信元表示第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the sending module 2802 is further configured to: the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined ; If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第N个SS突发集至第N+M-1个SS突发集中的SSB,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第N-M+1个SS突发集至所述第N个SS突发集中的SSB,M为大于或等于2的正整数。In a possible implementation, the first SSB includes the SSBs in the Nth SS burst set to the N+M-1th SS burst set before the first PO, and the first SSB includes the first PO From the N-M+1 th SS burst set before the PO to the SSB in the N th SS burst set, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一SSB包括M1个连续的SS突发集中的至少一个SSB,M1个连续的SS突发集中每个SS突发集位于第一PO之前,且每个SS突发集与第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且M1个连续的SS突发集中包含在第一PO之前、且与第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长、且与第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集。In a possible implementation manner, the first SSB includes at least one SSB in M1 consecutive SS burst sets, each SS burst set in the M1 consecutive SS burst sets is located before the first PO, and each SS The interval between the burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and M1 consecutive SS burst sets are included before the first PO and the interval between the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, And the SS burst set with the shortest interval from the first PO.
图29示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置2900,该装置2900包括:确定模块2901、接收模块2902和监听模块2903。FIG. 29 shows a communication device 2900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 2900 includes: a determining module 2901 , a receiving module 2902 and a monitoring module 2903 .
其中,确定模块2901,用于终端设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,第一SSB承载第一信息,第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB;第一时间窗的起始位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,第一时间窗的结束位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长;或,第一时间窗的起始位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;或,第一时间窗的结束位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长,第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;接收模块2902,用于终端设备接收第一SSB,并从第一SSB中获取第一信息;监听模块2903,用于若第一信息指示在第一PO存在终端设备的寻呼,则终端设备在第一 PO监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH。Among them, the determination module 2901 is used for the terminal device to determine the first SSB block, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB Include at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO; the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO The interval is equal to the third duration; or, the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the end position of the first time window The interval from the first PO is equal to the third duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; the receiving module 2902 is used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB and obtain the first information from the first SSB; the monitoring module 2903. If the first information indicates that there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO, the terminal device monitors the paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH at the first PO.
作为一种示例,装置2900可以用于执行图11所示的通信方法,例如,确定模块2901用于执行S1101,接收模块2902用于执行S1102,监听模块2903用于执行S1103。As an example, the apparatus 2900 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 11 , for example, the determining module 2901 is configured to execute S1101, the receiving module 2902 is configured to execute S1102, and the monitoring module 2903 is configured to execute S1103.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接收模块2902还用于终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,则第一信元表示第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving module 2902 is also used for the terminal device to receive indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB has been repeated definition; if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
图30示出了本申请一个实施例提供的一种通信装置3000,该装置3000包括:确定模块3001和发送模块3002。FIG. 30 shows a communication device 3000 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the device 3000 includes: a determining module 3001 and a sending module 3002 .
其中,确定模块3001,用于网络设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,第一SSB承载第一信息,第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,第一SSB包括第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB;第一时间窗的起始位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,第一时间窗的结束位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长;或,第一时间窗的起始位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;或,第一时间窗的结束位置与第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长,第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;发送模块3002,用于网络设备发送第一SSB。Among them, the determining module 3001 is used for the network device to determine the first SSB block, the first SSB carries the first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB Include at least one SSB in the first time window before the first PO; the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO The interval is equal to the third duration; or, the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to the second duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; or, the end position of the first time window The interval from the first PO is equal to the third duration, and the length of the first time window is the fourth duration; the sending module 3002 is used for the network device to send the first SSB.
作为一种示例,装置3000可以用于执行图13所示的通信方法,例如,确定模块3001用于执行S1301,发送模块3002用于执行S1302。As an example, the apparatus 3000 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 13 , for example, the determining module 3001 is configured to execute S1301, and the sending module 3002 is configured to execute S1302.
在一种可能的实现方式中,发送模块3002还用于网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,则第一信元表示第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the sending module 3002 is further configured for the network device to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
图31示出了本申请一个实施例提供的一种通信装置3100,该装置3100包括:接收模块3101和处理模块3102。FIG. 31 shows a communication device 3100 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the device 3100 includes: a receiving module 3101 and a processing module 3102 .
接收模块3101,用于终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的配置信息,配置信息用于配置参考信号资源;接收模块3101还用于终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的第一同步广播块SSB,第一SSB中承载第二信息,第二信息用于指示配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态;The receiving module 3101 is used for the terminal device to receive configuration information sent from the network device, and the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources; the receiving module 3101 is also used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB sent by the network device, the first SSB The second information is carried in the second information, and the second information is used to indicate the availability status of at least one of the configured reference signal resources;
处理模块3102,用于根据第二信息确定参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态;接收模块3101还用于若参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态为可用,则终端设备在参考信号资源中可用状态为可用的参考信号资源的部分或全部上接收参考信号。The processing module 3102 is configured to determine the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources according to the second information; the receiving module 3101 is also configured to: if the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the terminal device in the reference signal resources The available state is that the reference signal is received on part or all of the available reference signal resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接收模块3101还用于终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;处理模块3102用于根据所述指示信息确定所述第一信息是否被被重定义,若被指示重定义,则第一信元表示第二信息。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving module 3101 is also used for the terminal device to receive indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB has been reconfigured. Definition; the processing module 3102 is configured to determine whether the first information has been redefined according to the indication information, and if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the second information.
作为一种示例,装置3100可以用于执行图16所示的通信方法,例如,接收模块3101用于执行S1601、S1602和S1603。As an example, the apparatus 3100 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 16 , for example, the receiving module 3101 is configured to execute S1601, S1602, and S1603.
图32示出了本申请一个实施例提供的一种通信装置3200,该装置3100包括:发送模块3201和处理模块3202。FIG. 32 shows a communication device 3200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 3100 includes: a sending module 3201 and a processing module 3202 .
发送模块3201,用于网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,配置信息用于配置参考信号资源;发送模块3201还用于网络设备向终端设备发送第一同步广播块SSB,第一SSB中承载第二信息,第二信息用于指示配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态;处理 模块3202,用于根据第二信息确定配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态;发送模块3201还用于若参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态为可用,则网络设备在参考信号资源中可用状态为可用的参考信号资源上发送参考信号。The sending module 3201 is used for the network device to send configuration information to the terminal device, and the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources; the sending module 3201 is also used for the network device to send the first SSB to the terminal device, and the first SSB carries the second information, the second information is used to indicate the available status of at least one of the configured reference signal resources; the processing module 3202 is configured to determine the available status of at least one of the configured reference signal resources according to the second information; the sending module 3201 also uses If the available state of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the network device sends the reference signal on the reference signal resource whose available state is available among the reference signal resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块3202,用于确定第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;发送模块3201还用于网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,则第一信元表示第二信息。In a possible implementation, the processing module 3202 is configured to determine whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; the sending module 3201 is also used for the network device to send indication information to the terminal device , the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; if it is indicated to be redefined, the first information element represents the second information.
作为一种示例,装置3200可以用于执行图17所示的通信方法,例如,发送模块3201用于执行S1701、S1702和S1703。As an example, the apparatus 3200 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 17 , for example, the sending module 3201 is configured to execute S1701, S1702, and S1703.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一SSB位于第二时间窗内,参考信号资源中的至少一个位于第三时间窗内,第三时间窗位于第二时间窗之后,第二时间窗和第三时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,第二时间窗的长度和第三时间窗的长度等于周期性时间窗的周期。In a possible implementation manner, the first SSB is located in the second time window, at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the third time window, the third time window is located after the second time window, and the second time window and the second time window The three time windows are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the second time window and the length of the third time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一SSB位于第二时间窗内,参考信号资源中的至少一个位于第二时间窗内,第二时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的任一个时间窗,第二时间窗的长度等于周期性时间窗的周期。In a possible implementation manner, the first SSB is located in the second time window, at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the second time window, and the second time window is one of the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window For any time window, the length of the second time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,参考信号资源中的至少一个位于第四时间窗内;其中,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB的结束时间相同,或,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB所在的SS突发集的结束时间相同,或,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB所在的时隙的起始时间相同,或,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB所在的时隙的结束时间相同,或,第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB所在时隙的下一个时隙的起始时间相同,或,第四时间窗位于第一SSB之后且第四时间窗的起始时间与第一SSB之间的间隔等于第五时长,或第四时间窗的起始时间位于第一SSB之后且位于第一寻呼时机PO之前,第一SSB位于第一PO之前,第一PO是终端设备确定的用于监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH的PO。In a possible implementation, at least one of the reference signal resources is located in the fourth time window; wherein, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the first SSB, or, the start time of the fourth time window The start time is the same as the end time of the SS burst set where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window The time is the same as the end time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the next time slot of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the fourth time window is located at the first After one SSB and the interval between the start time of the fourth time window and the first SSB is equal to the fifth time length, or the start time of the fourth time window is after the first SSB and before the first paging occasion PO, the first An SSB is located before the first PO, and the first PO is a PO determined by the terminal device for monitoring the paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
图33示出了本申请一个实施例提供的一种通信装置3300,该装置3300包括:接收模块3301和处理模块3302。FIG. 33 shows a communication device 3300 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the device 3300 includes: a receiving module 3301 and a processing module 3302 .
接收模块3301,用于终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的第一同步广播块SSB,第一SSB中承载第三信息,第三信息用于指示第二SSB的周期;The receiving module 3301 is used for the terminal device to receive the first SSB sent by the network device, the first SSB carries third information, and the third information is used to indicate the period of the second SSB;
处理模块3302,用于根据第三信息确定所述第二SSB的周期;接收模块3301还用于根据第二SSB的周期,终端设备接收第二SSB。The processing module 3302 is configured to determine the period of the second SSB according to the third information; the receiving module 3301 is further configured to receive the second SSB by the terminal device according to the period of the second SSB.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块3402,用于确定第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;接收模块3301还用于终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,则第一信元表示第三信息。In a possible implementation, the processing module 3402 is configured to determine whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; the receiving module 3301 is also used for the terminal device to receive the information sent from the network device indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; if redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the third information.
作为一种示例,装置3300可以用于执行图21所示的通信方法,例如,接收模块3301用于执行S2101和S2102。As an example, the apparatus 3300 may be used to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 21 , for example, the receiving module 3301 is used to execute S2101 and S2102.
图34示出了本申请一个实施例提供的一种通信装置3400,该装置3400包括:发送模块3401。FIG. 34 shows a communication device 3400 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the device 3400 includes: a sending module 3401 .
发送模块3401,用于网络设备向终端设备发送第一同步广播块SSB,第一SSB中承 载第三信息,第三信息用于指示第二SSB的周期;发送模块3401还用于根据第二SSB的周期,网络设备发送第二SSB。The sending module 3401 is used for the network device to send the first synchronous broadcast block SSB to the terminal device, the first SSB carries the third information, and the third information is used to indicate the period of the second SSB; the sending module 3401 is also used for period, the network device sends the second SSB.
在一种可能的实现方式中,发送模块3401还用于网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一SSB中包括的PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;若被指示重定义,则第一信元表示第三信息。In a possible implementation manner, the sending module 3401 is further configured for the network device to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined; If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the third information.
作为一种示例,装置3400可以用于执行图22所示的通信方法,例如,发送模块3401用于执行S2201和S2202。As an example, the apparatus 3400 may be configured to execute the communication method shown in FIG. 22 , for example, the sending module 3401 is configured to execute S2201 and S2202.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一SSB位于第五时间窗内,第二SSB位于第六时间窗内,第六时间窗位于第五时间窗之后,第五时间窗和第六时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,第五时间窗的长度和第六时间窗的长度等于周期性时间窗的周期。In a possible implementation manner, the first SSB is located in the fifth time window, the second SSB is located in the sixth time window, the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window, and the fifth time window and the sixth time window are For two adjacent time windows among the plurality of time windows included in the periodic time window, the lengths of the fifth time window and the sixth time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一SSB位于第五时间窗内,第二SSB位于第五时间窗之后且位于第六时间窗之前,第六时间窗位于第五时间窗之后,第五时间窗和第六时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,第五时间窗的长度和第六时间窗的长度相同,且小于周期性时间窗的周期。In a possible implementation manner, the first SSB is located in the fifth time window, the second SSB is located after the fifth time window and before the sixth time window, the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window, and the fifth time window The window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the fifth time window is the same as that of the sixth time window, and is shorter than the period of the periodic time window .
图35为本申请另一个实施例提供的装置示意图。图35所示的装置可以用于执行前述任意一个实施例所述的方法。Fig. 35 is a schematic diagram of a device provided by another embodiment of the present application. The device shown in FIG. 35 can be used to execute the method described in any one of the foregoing embodiments.
如图35所示,本实施例的装置3500包括:存储器3501、处理器3502、通信接口3503以及总线3504。其中,存储器3501、处理器3502、通信接口3503通过总线3504实现彼此之间的通信连接。As shown in FIG. 35 , an apparatus 3500 in this embodiment includes: a memory 3501 , a processor 3502 , a communication interface 3503 and a bus 3504 . Wherein, the memory 3501 , the processor 3502 , and the communication interface 3503 are connected to each other through a bus 3504 .
存储器3501可以是只读存储器(read only memory,ROM),静态存储设备,动态存储设备或者随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)。存储器3501可以存储程序,当存储器3501中存储的程序被处理器3502执行时,处理器3502用于执行上述实施例中所示的方法的各个步骤。The memory 3501 may be a read only memory (read only memory, ROM), a static storage device, a dynamic storage device or a random access memory (random access memory, RAM). The memory 3501 may store programs, and when the programs stored in the memory 3501 are executed by the processor 3502, the processor 3502 is configured to execute various steps of the methods shown in the foregoing embodiments.
处理器3502可以采用通用的中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,应用专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者一个或多个集成电路,用于执行相关程序,以实现本申请实施例中所示的各个方法。The processor 3502 can adopt a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits, for executing related programs to Implement the various methods shown in the embodiments of this application.
处理器3502还可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,本申请实施例的方法的各个步骤可以通过处理器3502中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。The processor 3502 may also be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the method in the embodiment of the present application may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 3502 or instructions in the form of software.
上述处理器3502还可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing,DSP)、ASIC、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。The above-mentioned processor 3502 can also be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processing, DSP), an ASIC, an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. Various methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器3501,处理器3502读取存储器3501中的信息,结合其硬件完成本申请装置包括的单元所需执行的功能。The steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory 3501, and the processor 3502 reads the information in the memory 3501, and combines its hardware to complete the functions required by the units included in the device of the present application.
通信接口3503可以使用但不限于收发器一类的收发装置,来实现装置3500与其他设备或通信网络之间的通信。The communication interface 3503 may use, but not limited to, a transceiving device such as a transceiver to implement communication between the device 3500 and other devices or communication networks.
总线3504可以包括在装置3500各个部件(例如,存储器3501、处理器3502、通信接口3503)之间传送信息的通路。The bus 3504 may include a pathway for transferring information between various components of the device 3500 (eg, memory 3501, processor 3502, communication interface 3503).
应理解,本申请实施例所示的装置3500可以是电子设备,或者,也可以是配置于电子设备中的芯片。It should be understood that the apparatus 3500 shown in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, or may also be a chip configured in the electronic device.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系,但也可能表示的是一种“和/或”的关系,具体可参考前后文进行理解。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B may mean: A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time , there are three cases of B alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship, but it may also indicate an "and/or" relationship, which can be understood by referring to the context.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one item (unit) in a, b or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c or a-b-c, wherein a, b, c can be single or multiple.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。A unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and a component displayed as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are realized in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: various media capable of storing program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk.
以上,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only the specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in the application, and should cover Within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (27)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    终端设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在所述终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第N个同步信号SS突发集中的SSB,N为正整数且为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;或,The terminal device determines a first synchronous broadcast block SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB Including the SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, where N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; or,
    所述第一SSB包括第一SS突发集中的SSB,所述第一SS突发集位于所述第一PO之前,所述第一SS突发集与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且,所述第一SS突发集为与所述第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集,所述第一时长为网络设备配置的或协议预设的;The first SSB includes SSBs in a first SS burst set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than Or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the SS burst set with the shortest interval between the first PO and the first duration is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol;
    所述终端设备接收所述第一SSB,并从所述第一SSB中获取所述第一信息;The terminal device receives the first SSB, and acquires the first information from the first SSB;
    若所述第一信息指示在所述第一PO存在所述终端设备的寻呼,则所述终端设备在所述第一PO监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH。If the first information indicates that there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO, the terminal device monitors a paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH at the first PO.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的物理广播信道PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;The terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the physical broadcast channel PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined;
    若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
  3. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    网络设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第N个同步信号SS突发集中的SSB,N为正整数且为所述网络设备配置的或协议预设的;或,The network device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB includes the The SSB in the Nth synchronization signal SS burst set before the first PO, where N is a positive integer and is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol; or,
    所述第一SSB包括第一SS突发集中的SSB,所述第一SS突发集位于所述第一PO之前,所述第一SS突发集与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于第一时长,且,所述第一SS突发集为与所述第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集,所述第一时长为所述网络设备配置的或协议预设的;The first SSB includes SSBs in a first SS burst set, the first SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the interval between the first SS burst set and the first PO is greater than Or equal to the first duration, and the first SS burst set is the SS burst set with the shortest interval between the first PO and the first duration is configured by the network device or preset by the protocol ;
    所述网络设备发送所述第一SSB。The network device sends the first SSB.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, further comprising:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的物理广播信道PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;The network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the load of the physical broadcast channel PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined;
    若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的所述第N个SS突发集至第N+M-1个SS突发集中的SSB,或,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第N-M+1个SS突发集至所述第N个SS突发集中的SSB,M为大于或等于2的正整数。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first SSB includes the Nth SS burst set to the N+M-1th SS before the first PO The SSB in the burst set, or, the first SSB includes the N-M+1th SS burst set before the first PO to the SSB in the Nth SS burst set, and M is greater than or equal to A positive integer of 2.
  6. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一SSB包括M1个连续的SS突发集中的至少一个SSB,所述M1个连续的SS突发集中每个SS突发集位于所述第一PO之前,且所述每个SS突发集与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于所述第一时长,且所述M1个连续的SS突发集中包含在所述第一PO之前、且与所述第一PO之间的间隔大于或等于所述第一时长、且与所述第一PO之间间隔最短的SS突发集。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first SSB includes at least one SSB in M1 consecutive SS burst sets, each of the M1 consecutive SS burst sets The SS burst set is located before the first PO, and the interval between each SS burst set and the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and the M1 consecutive SS bursts Concentrating includes the SS burst set that is before the first PO, and whose interval with the first PO is greater than or equal to the first duration, and whose interval with the first PO is the shortest.
  7. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    终端设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在所述终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB;The terminal device determines a first synchronous broadcast block SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB including at least one SSB in a first time window preceding the first PO;
    所述第一时间窗的起始位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长;或,the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a third duration; or ,
    所述第一时间窗的起始位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;或,The interval between the starting position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a second duration, and the length of the first time window is a fourth duration; or,
    所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;The interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a third duration, and the length of the first time window is a fourth duration;
    所述终端设备接收所述第一SSB,并从所述第一SSB中获取所述第一信息;The terminal device receives the first SSB, and acquires the first information from the first SSB;
    若所述第一信息指示在所述第一PO存在所述终端设备的寻呼,则所述终端设备在所述第一PO监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH。If the first information indicates that there is paging of the terminal device at the first PO, the terminal device monitors a paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH at the first PO.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的物理广播信道PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;The terminal device receives indication information sent from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the physical broadcast channel PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined;
    若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
  9. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    网络设备确定第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB承载第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在第一寻呼时机PO是否存在终端设备的寻呼,所述第一SSB包括所述第一PO之前的第一时间窗中的至少一个SSB;The network device determines a first SSB, the first SSB carries first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether there is paging of the terminal device at the first paging occasion PO, and the first SSB includes the at least one SSB in a first time window preceding the first PO;
    所述第一时间窗的起始位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长;或,the interval between the start position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a second duration, and the interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a third duration; or ,
    所述第一时间窗的起始位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第二时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;或,The interval between the starting position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a second duration, and the length of the first time window is a fourth duration; or,
    所述第一时间窗的结束位置与所述第一PO之间的间隔等于第三时长,所述第一时间窗的长度为第四时长;The interval between the end position of the first time window and the first PO is equal to a third duration, and the length of the first time window is a fourth duration;
    所述网络设备发送所述第一SSB。The network device sends the first SSB.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的物理广播信道PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;The network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the load of the physical broadcast channel PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined;
    若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第一信息。If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the first information.
  11. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置参考信号资源;The terminal device receives configuration information sent from the network device, where the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources;
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备发送的第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态;The terminal device receives the first SSB sent from the network device, where the first SSB carries second information, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the configured reference signal resources. available status;
    若根据所述第二信息确定所述参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态为可用,则所述终端设备在所述参考信号资源中可用状态为可用的参考信号资源的部分或全部上接收参考信号。If it is determined according to the second information that the available state of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the terminal device receives a reference on some or all of the reference signal resources whose available state is available among the reference signal resources. Signal.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的物理广播信道PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;The terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the physical broadcast channel PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined;
    若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第二信息。If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the second information.
  13. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置参考信号资源;The network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure reference signal resources;
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述配置的参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态;The network device sends a first SSB to the terminal device, where the first SSB carries second information, and the second information is used to indicate an available state of at least one of the configured reference signal resources ;
    若根据所述第二信息确定所述参考信号资源中的至少一个的可用状态为可用,则所述网络设备在所述参考信号资源中可用状态为可用的参考信号资源上发送参考信号。If it is determined according to the second information that the availability status of at least one of the reference signal resources is available, the network device sends a reference signal on a reference signal resource whose availability status is available among the reference signal resources.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, further comprising:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的物理广播信道PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;The network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the load of the physical broadcast channel PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined;
    若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第二信息。If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the second information.
  15. 根据权利要求11至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一SSB位于第二时间窗内,所述参考信号资源中的至少一个位于第三时间窗内,所述第三时间窗位于所述第二时间窗之后,所述第二时间窗和所述第三时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,所述第二时间窗的长度和所述第三时间窗的长度等于所述周期性时间窗的周期。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the first SSB is located in a second time window, at least one of the reference signal resources is located in a third time window, and the first The three time windows are located after the second time window, the second time window and the third time window are adjacent two time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the second time window The length of the time window and the length of the third time window are equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  16. 根据权利要求11至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一SSB位于第二时间窗内,所述参考信号资源中的至少一个位于所述第二时间窗内,所述第二时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的任一个时间窗,所述第二时间窗的长度等于所述周期性时间窗的周期。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the first SSB is located within a second time window, at least one of the reference signal resources is located within the second time window, and the The second time window is any one of multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the second time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  17. 根据权利要求11至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考信号资源中的至少一个位于第四时间窗内;The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein at least one of the reference signal resources is located within a fourth time window;
    其中,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB的结束时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB所在的SS突发集的结束时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB所在的时隙的起始时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB所在的时隙的结束时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB所在时隙的下一个时隙的起始时间相同,或,所述第四时间窗位于所述第一SSB之后且所述第四时间窗的起始时间与所述第一SSB之间的间隔等于第五时长,或所述第四时间窗的起始时间位于所述第一SSB之后且位于第一寻呼时机PO之前,所述第一SSB位于所述第一PO之前,所述第一PO是所述终端设备确定的用于监听寻呼物理下行控制信道PDCCH的PO。Wherein, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the first SSB, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the end time of the SS burst set in which the first SSB is located The same, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the time slot where the first SSB is located The end times of the time slots are the same, or, the start time of the fourth time window is the same as the start time of the next time slot of the time slot where the first SSB is located, or, the fourth time window is located in the After the first SSB and the interval between the start time of the fourth time window and the first SSB is equal to the fifth duration, or the start time of the fourth time window is after the first SSB and is located Before the first paging opportunity PO, the first SSB is located before the first PO, and the first PO is a PO determined by the terminal device for monitoring a paging physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  18. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第二SSB的周期;The terminal device receives the first synchronous broadcast block SSB sent from the network device, the first SSB carries third information, and the third information is used to indicate the period of the second SSB;
    根据所述第二SSB的周期,所述终端设备接收所述第二SSB。According to the period of the second SSB, the terminal device receives the second SSB.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18, further comprising:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的物理广播信道PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;The terminal device receives indication information sent from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the payload of the physical broadcast channel PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined;
    若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第三信息。If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the third information.
  20. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一同步广播块SSB,所述第一SSB中承载第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第二SSB的周期;The network device sends a first synchronous broadcast block SSB to the terminal device, the first SSB carries third information, and the third information is used to indicate the period of the second SSB;
    根据所述第二SSB的周期,所述网络设备发送所述第二SSB。The network device sends the second SSB according to the period of the second SSB.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20, further comprising:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一SSB中包括的物理广播信道PBCH的载荷中的第一信元是否被重定义;The network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first information element in the load of the physical broadcast channel PBCH included in the first SSB is redefined;
    若被指示重定义,所述第一信元表示所述第三信息。If redefinition is indicated, the first information element represents the third information.
  22. 根据权利要求18至21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一SSB位于第五时间窗内,所述第二SSB位于第六时间窗内,所述第六时间窗位于所述第五时间窗之后,所述第五时间窗和所述第六时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,所述第五时间窗的长度和所述第六时间窗的长度等于所述周期性时间窗的周期。The method according to any one of claims 18 to 21, wherein the first SSB is located in a fifth time window, the second SSB is located in a sixth time window, and the sixth time window is located in After the fifth time window, the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window, and the length of the fifth time window is and the length of the sixth time window is equal to the period of the periodic time window.
  23. 根据权利要求18至21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一SSB位于第五时间窗内,所述第二SSB位于所述第五时间窗之后且位于第六时间窗之前,所述第六时间窗位于所述第五时间窗之后,所述第五时间窗和所述第六时间窗是周期性时间窗包括的多个时间窗中的相邻的两个时间窗,所述第五时间窗的长度和所述第六时间窗的长度相同,且小于所述周期性时间窗的周期。The method according to any one of claims 18 to 21, wherein the first SSB is located within a fifth time window, and the second SSB is located after the fifth time window and is located in a sixth time window Before, the sixth time window is located after the fifth time window, and the fifth time window and the sixth time window are two adjacent time windows among the multiple time windows included in the periodic time window , the length of the fifth time window is the same as the length of the sixth time window, and is smaller than the period of the periodic time window.
  24. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括用于执行如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法的模块。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device comprises a module for performing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 23.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器和存储器,所述处理器和所述存储器耦合,所述存储器存储有程序指令,当所述存储器存储的程序指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes at least one processor and a memory, the processor is coupled to the memory, the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions stored in the memory are used by the When executed by the processor, the communication device is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-23.
  26. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机执行的程序指令,所述程序指令包括用于执行如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法的指令。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium is used to store program instructions executed by a computer, and the program instructions include instructions for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 23 instructions.
  27. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品中包括计算机程序指令,当所述计算机程序指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机实现如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes computer program instructions, and when the computer program instructions are run on a computer, the computer implements the computer program described in any one of claims 1 to 23. Methods.
PCT/CN2022/111618 2021-09-01 2022-08-11 Communication method and related apparatus WO2023029925A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111023107.4 2021-09-01
CN202111023107.4A CN115734321A (en) 2021-09-01 2021-09-01 Communication method and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023029925A1 true WO2023029925A1 (en) 2023-03-09

Family

ID=85292353

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/111618 WO2023029925A1 (en) 2021-09-01 2022-08-11 Communication method and related apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115734321A (en)
WO (1) WO2023029925A1 (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109286966A (en) * 2017-07-21 2019-01-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Paging method, terminal, the network equipment and computer readable storage medium
CN110831125A (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-21 华为技术有限公司 Method for transmitting and receiving paging message and communication device
CN111385826A (en) * 2020-01-09 2020-07-07 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Reference signal determination method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN112136349A (en) * 2019-04-25 2020-12-25 联发科技股份有限公司 New radio system paging early indicator
CN112788731A (en) * 2019-11-08 2021-05-11 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Information sending and receiving method, device and terminal
CN113225801A (en) * 2020-02-06 2021-08-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 Synchronization signal transmission method and device
CN113556688A (en) * 2020-04-23 2021-10-26 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, terminal and base station for receiving broadcast multicast service data
WO2022012667A1 (en) * 2020-07-16 2022-01-20 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
CN114071686A (en) * 2020-07-31 2022-02-18 华为技术有限公司 Transmission method and communication device for synchronous signal block

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109286966A (en) * 2017-07-21 2019-01-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Paging method, terminal, the network equipment and computer readable storage medium
CN110831125A (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-21 华为技术有限公司 Method for transmitting and receiving paging message and communication device
CN112136349A (en) * 2019-04-25 2020-12-25 联发科技股份有限公司 New radio system paging early indicator
CN112788731A (en) * 2019-11-08 2021-05-11 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Information sending and receiving method, device and terminal
CN111385826A (en) * 2020-01-09 2020-07-07 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Reference signal determination method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN113225801A (en) * 2020-02-06 2021-08-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 Synchronization signal transmission method and device
CN113556688A (en) * 2020-04-23 2021-10-26 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, terminal and base station for receiving broadcast multicast service data
WO2022012667A1 (en) * 2020-07-16 2022-01-20 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
CN114071686A (en) * 2020-07-31 2022-02-18 华为技术有限公司 Transmission method and communication device for synchronous signal block

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115734321A (en) 2023-03-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11877236B2 (en) Fifth generation (5G) new radio (NR) network power savings
WO2019028849A1 (en) Methods and apparatus of timing/frequency tracking for receiving paging
TW201924403A (en) Link aggregation with floating primary link
KR101652207B1 (en) System and method for allocating periodic resources
US9572180B2 (en) System and method for indicating packet transmission time
US20210127355A1 (en) Paging occasion design in new radio
WO2022012667A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US11265845B2 (en) Backup paging opportunities in new radio unlicensed
WO2009108768A1 (en) Method and apparatus for lte system information update in connected mode
EP3439389B1 (en) Method and base station for configuring non-anchor physical resource block, and method and user equipment for determining position of non-anchor physical resource block
CN114765857A (en) User equipment grouping method for paging enhancement and user equipment
WO2022056852A1 (en) Methods and devices for signal processing
WO2023029925A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2023011156A1 (en) Method and apparatus for paging
US20230100797A1 (en) Communications devices and methods
WO2023051442A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN112385276B (en) Beamformed transmission of C-DRX wake-up signals
WO2023050206A1 (en) Method for transmitting paging early indication (pei), and terminal and network device
EP4319385A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN112601274B (en) Method and device for detecting indication information
CN115767689A (en) Communication method and communication device
CN116569512A (en) Method, communication device and infrastructure device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22863066

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE